summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/59853-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '59853-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--59853-0.txt8348
1 files changed, 8348 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/59853-0.txt b/59853-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e015a71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/59853-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8348 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 59853 ***
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
++-------------------------------------------------+
+|Transcriber's note: |
+| |
+|Obvious typographic errors have been corrected. |
+| |
++-------------------------------------------------+
+
+
+[Illustration: "The lion sprang through the air among the terrified
+group." --(See page 71.)]
+
+
+A YOUNG HERO;
+
+OR,
+
+FIGHTING TO WIN.
+
+BY EDWARD S. ELLIS,
+
+_Author of_
+
+"Adrift in the Wilds," etc., etc.
+
+ILLUSTRATED.
+
+[Illustration: Logo]
+
+NEW YORK:
+
+A. L. BURT, PUBLISHER.
+
+
+COPYRIGHT 1888, BY A. L. BURT.
+
+
+
+
+A YOUNG HERO.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE PEACEMAKER.
+
+
+"A fight! A fight! Form a ring!" A dozen or more excited boys shouted
+these words, and, rushing forward, hastily formed a ring around two
+playmates who stood in the middle of the road, their hats off, eyes
+glaring, fists clenched, while they panted with anger, and were on the
+point of flying at one another with the fury of young wildcats.
+
+They had been striking, kicking and biting a minute before over some
+trifling dispute, and they had now stopped to take breath and gather
+strength before attacking each other again with a fierceness which had
+become all the greater from the brief rest.
+
+"Give it to him, Sam! Black his eyes for him! Hit him under the ear!
+Bloody his nose!"
+
+Thus shouted the partisans of Sammy McClay, who had thrown down his
+school books, and pitched into his opponent, as though he meant to
+leave nothing of him.
+
+The friends of Joe Hunt were just as loud and urgent.
+
+"Sail in, Joe! You can whip him before he knows it! Kick him! Don't be
+a coward! You've got him!"
+
+A party of boys and girls were on their way home from the Tottenville
+public school, laughing, romping and frolicking with each other, when,
+all at once, like a couple of bantam chickens, these two youngsters
+began fighting.
+
+The girls looked on in a horrified way, whispering to each other, and
+declaring that they meant to tell Mr. McCurtis, the teacher, including
+also the respective mothers of the young pugilists.
+
+The other boys, as is nearly always the case, did their utmost to urge
+on the fight, and, closing about Sam and Joe, taunted them in loud
+voices, and appealed to them to resume hostilities at once.
+
+The fighters seemed to be equally matched, and, as they panted and
+glared, each waited for the other to renew the struggle by striking the
+first blow.
+
+"You just hit me if you dare! that's all I want!" exclaimed Sammy
+McClay, shaking his head so vigorously that he almost bumped his nose
+against that of Joe Hunt, who was just as ferocious, as he called back:
+
+"You touch me, Sam McClay, just touch me! I dare you! double, double
+dare you."
+
+Matters were fast coming to the exploding point, but not fast enough to
+suit the audience. Jimmy Emery picked up a chip, and running forward,
+balanced it in a delicate position on the shoulder of Sam McClay, and,
+addressing his opponent said: "Knock that off, Joe!"
+
+"Yes, knock it off!" shouted Sam, "I dare you to knock it off!"
+
+"Who's afraid?" demanded Joe, looking at the chip, with an expression
+which showed he meant to flip it to the ground.
+
+"Well, you just try it--that's all!"
+
+Joe was in the very act of upsetting the bit of wood, when a boy about
+their own age, with a flapping straw hat, and with his trousers rolled
+far above his knees, ran in between the two, and used his arms with so
+much vigor that the contestants were thrown quite a distance apart.
+
+"What's the matter with you fellows?" demanded this boy, glancing from
+one to the other. "What do you want to make fools of yourselves for?"
+
+"He run against me," said Sammy McClay, "and knocked me over Jim Emery."
+
+"Well, what of it?" asked the peacemaker. "Will it make you feel any
+better to get your head cracked? What's the matter of _you_, Joe Hunt?"
+he added, turning his glance without changing his position, toward the
+other pugilist.
+
+"What did he punch me for, when I stubbed my toe and run agin him?" and
+Joe showed a disposition just then to move around his questioner, so as
+to get at the offender.
+
+The other boys did not like this interference with their enjoyment,
+and called on the peacemaker to let them have it out; but he stood his
+ground, and shaking his right fist at Sammy McClay, and his left at Joe
+Hunt, he told them they must let each other alone, or he would whip
+them both.
+
+This created some laughter, for the lad was no older than they, and
+hardly as tall as either; but there is a great deal in the manner
+of a man or boy. If his flashing eye, his stern voice, and look of
+determination show that he means what he says, or is in dead earnest,
+his opponent generally yields.
+
+At the critical juncture, the girls added their voices in favor of
+peace, and their champion, stooping down, picked up the hats from the
+ground, and jammed them upon their owners' heads with a force that
+nearly threw them off their feet.
+
+"That's enough! now come on!"
+
+Sam and Joe walked along, rather sullenly at first. They glowered on
+each other, shook their heads, muttered and seemed on the point of
+renewing the contest more than once; but the passions of childhood are
+brief, and the storm soon blew over. Before the boys and girls had
+reached the cross-roads, Sam McClay and Joe Hunt were playing with each
+other like the best of friends, as indeed they were.
+
+The name of the lad who had stopped the fight was Fred Sheldon, and he
+is the hero of this story.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE CALL TO SCHOOL.
+
+
+Fred Sheldon, as I have said, is the hero of this story.
+
+He was twelve years of age, the picture of rosy health, good nature,
+bounding spirits and mental strength. He was bright and well advanced
+in his studies, and as is generally the case with such vigorous
+youngsters he was fond of fun, which too often, perhaps, passed the
+line of propriety and became mischief.
+
+On the Monday morning after the fight, which Fred Sheldon interrupted,
+some ten or twelve boys stopped on their way to the Tottenville Public
+School to admire in open-mouthed wonder, the gorgeous pictures pasted
+on a huge framework of boards, put up for the sole purpose of making
+such a display.
+
+These flaming posters were devoted to setting forth the unparalleled
+attractions of Bandman's great menagerie and circus, which was
+announced to appear in the well-known "Hart's Half-Acre," near the
+village of Tottenville.
+
+These scenes, in which elephants, tigers, leopards, camels, sacred
+cows, and indeed an almost endless array of animals were shown on a
+scale that indicated they were as high as a meeting-house, in which the
+serpents, it unwound from the trees where they were crushing men and
+beasts to death, would have stretched across "Hart's Half-Acre" (which
+really contained several acres), those frightful encounters, in which
+a man, single-handed, was seen to be spreading death and destruction
+with a clubbed gun among the fierce denizens of the forest; all these
+had been displayed on the side of barns and covered bridges, at the
+cross-roads, and indeed in every possible available space for the past
+three weeks; and, as the date of the great show was the one succeeding
+that of which we are speaking, it can be understood that the little
+village of Tottenville and the surrounding country were in a state of
+excitement such as had not been known since the advent of the preceding
+circus.
+
+Regularly every day the school children had stopped in front of the
+huge bill-board and studied and admired and talked over the great show,
+while those who expected to go in the afternoon or evening looked down
+in pity on their less fortunate playmates.
+
+The interest seemed to intensify as the day approached, and, now
+that it was so close at hand, the little group found it hard to tear
+themselves away from the fascinating scenes before them.
+
+Down in one corner of the board was the picture of a hyena desecrating
+a cemetery, as it is well known those animals are fond of doing. This
+bad creature, naturally enough, became very distasteful to the boys,
+who showed their ill-will in many ways.
+
+Several almost ruined their new shoes by kicking him, while others
+had pelted him with stones, and still others, in face of the warning
+printed in big letters, had haggled him dreadfully with their
+jack-knives.
+
+It was a warm summer morning and most of the boys not only were
+bare-footed, but had their trousers rolled above their knees, and,
+generally, were without coat or vest.
+
+"To-morrow afternoon the show will be here," said Sammy McClay,
+smacking his lips and shaking his head as though he tasted a luscious
+morsel, "and I'm going."
+
+"How are you going," asked Joe Hunt, sarcastically, "when your father
+said he wouldn't give you the money?"
+
+"Never you mind," was the answer, with another significant shake of the
+head. "I'm goin'--that's all."
+
+"Goin' to try and crawl under the tent. I know. But you can't do it.
+You'll get a whack from the whip of the man that's watching that you'll
+feel for six weeks. Don't I know--'cause, didn't I try it?"
+
+"I wouldn't be such a dunce as you; you got half way under the tent and
+then stuck fast, so you couldn't go backward or forward, and you begun
+to yell so you like to broke up the performance, and when the man come
+along why he had the best chance in the world to cowhide you, and he
+did it. I think I know a little better than that."
+
+At this moment, Mr. Abijah McCurtis, the school teacher in the little
+stone school-house a hundred yards away, solemnly lifted his spectacles
+from his nose to his forehead, and grasping the handle of his large
+cracked bell walked to the door and swayed it vigorously for a minute
+or so.
+
+This was the regular summons for the boys and girls to enter school,
+and he had sent forth the unmusical clangor, summer and winter, for a
+full two-score years.
+
+Having called the pupils together, the pedagogue sat down, drew his
+spectacles back astride of his nose, and resumed setting copies in the
+books which had been laid on his desk the day before.
+
+In a minute or so the boys and girls came straggling in, but the
+experienced eye of the teacher saw that several were missing.
+
+Looking through the open door he discovered where the four delinquent
+urchins were; they were still standing in front of the great showy
+placards, studying the enchanting pictures, as they had done so many
+times before.
+
+They were all talking earnestly, Sammy McClay, Joe Hunt, Jimmy Emery
+and Fred Sheldon, and they had failed for the first time in their lives
+to hear the cracked bell.
+
+Most teachers, we are bound to believe, would have called the boys a
+second time or sent another lad to notify them, but the present chance
+was one of those which, unfortunately, the old-time pedagogue was glad
+to have, and Mr. McCurtis seized it with pleasure.
+
+Rising from his seat, he picked up from where it lay across his desk
+a long, thin switch, and started toward the four barefooted lads, who
+were admiring the circus pictures.
+
+Nothing could have been more inviting, for, not only were they
+barefooted, but each had his trousers rolled to the knee, and Fred
+Sheldon had drawn and squeezed his so far that they could go no
+further. His plump, clean legs offered the most inviting temptation to
+the teacher, who was one of those sour old pedagogues, of the long ago,
+who delighted in seeing children tortured under the guise of so-called
+discipline.
+
+"I don't believe in wearing trousers in warm weather," said Fred, when
+anybody looked wonderingly to see whether he really had such useful
+garments on, "and that's why I roll mine so high up. Don't you see I'm
+ready to run into the water, and----"
+
+"How about going through the bushes and briars?" asked Joe Hunt.
+
+"I don't go through 'em," was the crushing answer. "I feel so supple
+and limber that I just jump right over the top. I tell you, boys, that
+you ought to see me jump----"
+
+Fred's wish was gratified, for at that moment he gave such an
+exhibition of jumping as none of his companions had ever seen before.
+With a shout he sprang high in air, kicking out his bare legs in a
+frantic way, and ran with might and main for the school-house.
+
+The other three lads did pretty much the same, for the appearance of
+the teacher among them was made known by the whizzing hiss of his long,
+slender switch, which first landed on Fred's legs, and was then quickly
+transferred to the lower limbs of the other boys, the little company
+immediately heading for the school house, with Fred Sheldon at the
+front.
+
+Each one shouted, and made a high and frantic leap every few steps,
+believing that the teacher was close behind him with upraised stick,
+and looking for the chance to bring it down with effect.
+
+"I'll teach you not to stand gaping at those pictures," shouted Mr.
+McCurtis, striding wrathfully after them.
+
+A man three-score years old cannot be expected to be as active as a
+boy with one-fifth as many years; but the teacher had the advantage of
+being very tall and quite attenuated, and for a short distance he could
+outrun any of his pupils.
+
+The plump, shapely legs of Fred Sheldon, twinkling and doubling under
+him as he ran, seemed to be irresistibly tempting to Mr. McCurtis, who,
+with upraised switch, dashed for him like a thunder-gust, paying no
+attention to the others, who ducked aside as he passed.
+
+"It's your fault, you young scapegrace," called out the pursuer, as he
+rapidly overhauled him; "you haven't been thinking of anything else
+but circuses for the past month and I mean to whip it out of you--good
+gracious sakes!"
+
+Fred Sheldon had seen how rapidly the teacher was gaining, and finding
+there was no escape, resorted to the common trick among boys of
+suddenly falling flat on his face while running at full speed.
+
+The cruel-hearted teacher at that very moment made a savage stroke,
+intending to raise a ridge on the flesh of the lad, who escaped it by a
+hair's breadth, as may be said.
+
+The spiteful blow spent itself in vacancy, and the momentum spun Mr.
+McCurtis around on one foot, so that he faced the other way. At that
+instant his heels struck the prostrate form of the crouching boy, and
+he went over, landing upon his back, his legs pointing upward, like a
+pair of huge dividers.
+
+There is nothing a boy perceives so quickly as a chance for fun, and
+before the teacher could rise, Sammy McClay also went tumbling over the
+grinning Fred Sheldon, with such violence, indeed, that he struck the
+bewildered instructor as he was trying to adjust his spectacles to see
+where he was.
+
+Then came Joe Hunt and Jimmy Emery, and Fred Sheldon capped the climax
+by running at full speed and jumping on the struggling group, spreading
+out his arms and legs in the effort to bear them down to the earth.
+
+But the difficulty was that Fred was not very heavy nor bony, so that
+his presence on top caused very little inconvenience, the teacher
+rising so hurriedly that Fred fell from his shoulders, and landed on
+his head when he struck the earth.
+
+The latter was dented, but Fred wasn't hurt at all, and he and his
+friends scrambled hastily into the school-house, where the other
+children were in an uproar, fairly dancing with delight at the
+exhibition, or rather "circus," as some of them called it, which took
+place before the school-house and without any expense to them.
+
+By the time the discomfited teacher had got upon his feet and shaken
+himself together, the four lads were in school, busily engaged in
+scratching their legs and studying their lessons.
+
+Mr. McCurtis strode in a minute later switch in hand, and in such a
+grim mood that he could only quiet his nerves by walking around the
+room and whipping every boy in it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+STARTLING NEWS.
+
+
+Fred Sheldon was the only child of a widow, who lived on a small place
+a mile beyond the village, and managed to eke out a living thereon,
+assisted by a small pension from the government, her husband having
+been killed during the late war.
+
+A half-mile beyond stood a large building, gray with age and surrounded
+with trees, flowers and climbing vines. The broad bricks of which it
+was composed were known to have been brought from Holland long before
+the revolution, and about the time when George Washington was hunting
+for the cherry-tree with his little hatchet.
+
+In this old structure lived the sisters Perkinpine--Annie and
+Lizzie--who were nearly seventy years of age. They were twins, had
+never been married, were generally known to be wealthy, but preferred
+to live entirely by themselves, with no companion but three or four
+cats, and not even a watch-dog.
+
+Their ancestors were among the earliest settlers of the section, and
+the Holland bricks could show where they had been chipped and broken by
+the bullets of the Indians who howled around the solid old structure,
+through the snowy night, as ravenous as so many wolves to reach the
+cowering women and children within.
+
+The property had descended to the sisters in regular succession,
+and there could be no doubt they were rich in valuable lands, if in
+nothing else. Their retiring disposition repelled attention from their
+neighbors, but it was known there was much old and valuable silver, and
+most probably money itself, in the house.
+
+Michael Heyland was their hired man, but he lived in a small house some
+distance away, where he always spent his nights.
+
+Young Fred Sheldon was once sent over to the residence of the Misses
+Perkinpine after a heavy snowstorm, to see whether he could do anything
+for the old ladies. He was then only ten years old, but his handsome,
+ruddy face, his respectful manner, and his cheerful eagerness to oblige
+them, thawed a great deal of their natural reserve, and they gradually
+came to like him.
+
+He visited the old brick house quite often, and frequently bore
+substantial presents to his mother, though, rather curiously, the old
+ladies never asked that she should pay them a visit.
+
+The Misses Perkinpine lived very well indeed, and Fred Sheldon was
+not long in discovering it. When he called there he never could get
+away without eating some of the vast hunks of gingerbread and enormous
+pieces of thick, luscious pie, of which Fred, like all boys, was very
+fond.
+
+There was no denying that Fred had established himself as a favorite in
+that peculiar household, as he well deserved to be.
+
+On the afternoon succeeding his switching at school he reached home
+and did his chores, whistling cheerily in the meanwhile, and thinking
+of little else than the great circus on the morrow, when he suddenly
+stopped in surprise upon seeing a carriage standing in front of the
+gate.
+
+Just then his mother called him to the house and explained:
+
+"Your Uncle William is quite ill, Fred, and has sent for me. You know
+he lives twelve miles away, and it will take us a good while to get
+there; if you are afraid to stay here alone you can go with us."
+
+Fred was too quick to trip himself in that fashion. To-morrow was
+circus day, and if he went to his Uncle Will's, he might miss it.
+
+"Miss Annie asked me this morning to go over and see them again," he
+said, alluding to one of the Misses Perkinpine, "and they'll be mighty
+glad to have me there."
+
+"That will be much better, for you will be so near home that you can
+come over in the morning and see that everything is right, but I'm
+afraid you'll eat too much pie and cake and pudding and preserves."
+
+"I ain't afraid," laughed Fred, who kissed his mother good-by and
+saw the carriage vanish down the road in the gloom of the gathering
+darkness. Then he busied himself with the chores, locked up the house
+and put everything in shape preparatory to going away.
+
+He was still whistling, and was walking rapidly toward the gate, when
+he was surprised and a little startled by observing the figure of a
+man, standing on the outside, as motionless as a stone, and no doubt
+watching him.
+
+He appeared to be ill-dressed, and Fred at once set him down as one of
+those pests of society known as a tramp, who had probably stopped to
+get something to eat.
+
+"What do you want?" asked the lad, with an air of bravery which he
+was far from feeling, as he halted within two or three rods of the
+unexpected guest, ready to retreat if it should become necessary.
+
+"I want you to keep a civil tongue in your head," was the answer, in a
+harsh rasping voice.
+
+"I didn't mean to be uncivil," was the truthful reply of Fred, who
+believed in courtesy to every one.
+
+"Who lives here, then?" asked the other in the same gruff voice.
+
+"My mother, Mrs. Mary Sheldon, and myself, but my mother isn't at home."
+
+The stranger was silent a moment, and then looking around, as if to
+make sure that no one was within hearing, asked in a lower voice:
+
+"Can you tell me where the Miss Perkinpines live?"
+
+"Right over yonder," was the response of the boy, pointing toward the
+house, which was invisible in the darkness, but a star-like twinkle of
+light showed where it was, surrounded by trees and shrubbery.
+
+Fred came near adding that he was on his way there, and would show him
+the road, but a sudden impulse restrained him.
+
+The tramp-like individual peered through the gloom in the direction
+indicated, and then inquired:
+
+"How fur is it?"
+
+"About half a mile."
+
+The stranger waited another minute or so, as if debating with himself
+whether he should ask some other questions that were in his mind; but,
+without another word, he moved away and speedily disappeared from the
+road.
+
+Although he walked for several paces on the rough gravel in front of
+the gate, the lad did not hear the slightest sound. He must have been
+barefooted, or more likely, wore rubber shoes.
+
+Fred Sheldon could not help feeling very uncomfortable over the
+incident itself. The question about the old ladies, and the man's looks
+and manner impressed him that he meant ill toward his good friends, and
+Fred stood a long time asking himself what he ought to do.
+
+He thought of going down to the village and telling Archie Jackson, the
+bustling little constable, what he feared, or of appealing to some of
+the neighbors; and pity it is he did not do so, but he was restrained
+by the peculiar disposition of the Misses Perkinpine, who might be very
+much displeased with him.
+
+As he himself was about the only visitor they received, and as they
+had lived so long by themselves, they would not thank him, to say the
+least--that is, viewing the matter from his standpoint.
+
+"I'll tell the ladies about it," he finally concluded, "and we'll lock
+the doors and sit up all night. I wish they had three or four dogs and
+a whole lot of guns; or if I had a lasso," he added, recalling one of
+the circus pictures, "and the tramp tried to get in, I'd throw it over
+his head and pull him half way to the top of the house and let him hang
+there until he promised to behave himself."
+
+Fred's head had been slightly turned by the circus posters, and it can
+hardly be said that he was the best guard the ladies could have in case
+there were any sinister designs on the part of the tramp.
+
+But the boy was sure he was never more needed at the old brick house
+than he was on that night, and hushing his whistle, he started up the
+road in the direction taken by the stranger.
+
+It was a trying ordeal for the little fellow, whose chief fear was that
+he would overtake the repulsive individual and suffer for interfering
+with his plans.
+
+There was a faint moon in the sky, but its light now and then was
+obscured by the clouds which floated over its face. Here and there,
+too, were trees, beneath whose shadows the boy stepped lightly,
+listening and looking about him, and imagining more than once he saw
+the figure dreaded so much.
+
+But he observed nothing of him, nor did he meet any of his neighbors,
+either in wagons or on foot, and his heart beat tumultuously when he
+drew near the grove of trees, some distance back from the road, in the
+midst of which stood the old Holland brick mansion.
+
+To reach it it was necessary to walk through a short lane, lined on
+either hand by a row of stately poplars, whose shade gave a cool
+twilight gloom to the intervening space at mid-day.
+
+"Maybe he isn't here, after all," said Fred to himself, as he passed
+through the gate of the picket fence surrounding the house, "and I
+guess----"
+
+Just then the slightest possible rustling caught his ear, and he
+stepped back behind the trunk of a large weeping willow.
+
+He was not mistaken; some one was moving through the shrubbery at the
+corner of the house, and the next minute the frightened boy saw the
+tramp come stealthily to view, and stepping close to the window of the
+dining-room, peer into it.
+
+As the curtain was down it was hard to see how he could discover
+anything of the inmates, but he may have been able to detect something
+of the interior by looking through at the side of the curtain, or
+possibly he was only listening.
+
+At any rate he stood thus but a short time, when he withdrew and slowly
+passed from view around the corner.
+
+The instant he was gone Fred moved forward and knocked softly on the
+door, so softly indeed, that he had to repeat it before some one
+approached from the inside and asked who was there.
+
+When his voice was recognized the bolt was withdrawn and he was most
+cordially welcomed by the old ladies, who were just about to take up
+their knitting and sewing, having finished their tea.
+
+When Fred told them he had come to stay all night and hadn't had any
+supper, they were more pleased than ever, and insisted that he should
+go out and finish a large amount of gingerbread, custard and pie, for
+the latter delicacy was always at command.
+
+"I'll eat some," replied Fred, "but I don't feel very hungry."
+
+"Why, what's the matter?" asked Miss Annie, peering over her spectacles
+in alarm; "are you sick? If you are we've got lots of castor oil and
+rhubarb and jalap and boneset; shall I mix you up some?"
+
+"O my gracious! no--don't mention 'em again; I ain't sick that way--I
+mean I'm scared."
+
+"Scared at what? Afraid there isn't enough supper for you?" asked Miss
+Lizzie, looking smilingly down upon the handsome boy.
+
+"I tell you," said Fred, glancing from one to the other, "I think
+there's a robber going to try and break into your house to-night and
+steal everything you've got, and then he'll kill you both, and after
+that I'm sure he means to burn down the house, and that'll be the last
+all of you and your cats."
+
+When the young visitor made such a prodigious declaration, he supposed
+the ladies would scream and probably faint away. But the very hugeness
+of the boy's warning caused emotions the reverse of what he anticipated.
+
+They looked kindly at him a minute or so and then quietly smiled.
+
+"What a little coward you are, Fred," said Miss Annie; "surely there is
+nobody who would harm two old creatures like us."
+
+"But they want your money," persisted Fred, still standing in the
+middle of the floor.
+
+Both ladies were too truthful to deny that they had any, even to such a
+child, and Lizzie said:
+
+"We haven't enough to tempt anybody to do such a great wrong."
+
+"You can't tell about that, then I 'spose some of those silver dishes
+must be worth a great deal."
+
+"Yes, so they are," said Annie, "and we prize them the most because our
+great, great, great-grandfather brought them over the sea a good many
+years ago, and they have always been in our family."
+
+"But," interposed Lizzie, "we lock them up every night."
+
+"What in?"
+
+"A great big strong chest."
+
+"Anybody could break it open, though."
+
+"Yes, but it's locked; and you know it's against the law to break a
+lock."
+
+"Well," said Fred, with a great sigh, "I hope there won't anybody
+disturb you, but I hope you will fasten all the windows and doors
+to-night."
+
+"We always do; and then," added the benign old lady, raising her head
+so as to look under her spectacles in the face of the lad, "you know we
+have you to take care of us."
+
+"Have you got a gun in the house?"
+
+"Mercy, yes; there's one over the fire-place, where father put it forty
+years ago."
+
+"Is there anything the matter with it?"
+
+"Nothing, only the lock is broke off, and I think father said the
+barrel was bursted."
+
+Fred laughed in spite of himself.
+
+"What under the sun is such an old thing good for?"
+
+"It has done us just as much good as if it were a new cannon--but come
+out to your supper."
+
+The cheerful manner of the old ladies had done much to relieve Fred's
+mind of his fears, and a great deal of his natural appetite came back
+to him.
+
+He walked into the kitchen, where he seated himself at a table on which
+was spread enough food for several grown persons, and telling him he
+must not leave any of it to be wasted, the ladies withdrew, closing the
+door behind them, so that he might not be embarrassed by their presence.
+
+"I wonder whether there's any use of being scared," said Fred to
+himself, as he first sunk his big, sound teeth into a huge slice of
+buttered short-cake, on which some peach jam had been spread! "If I
+hadn't seen that tramp looking in at the window I wouldn't feel so
+bad, and I declare," he added in dismay, "when they questioned me, I
+never thought to tell 'em that. Never mind, I'll give 'em the whole
+story when I finish five or six slices of this short-cake and some
+ginger-cake, and three or four pieces of pie, and then, I think,
+they'll believe I'm right."
+
+For several minutes the boy devoted himself entirely to his meal, and
+had the good ladies peeped through the door while he was thus employed
+they would have been highly pleased to see how well he was getting
+along.
+
+"I wish I was an old maid and hadn't anything to do but to cook nice
+food like this and play with the cats--my gracious!"
+
+Just then the door creaked, and, looking up, Fred Sheldon saw to his
+consternation the very tramp of whom he had been thinking walk into the
+room and approach the table.
+
+His clothing was ragged and unclean, a cord being drawn around his
+waist to keep his coat together, while the collar was up so high about
+his neck that nothing of the shirt was visible.
+
+His hair was frowsy and uncombed, as were his huge yellow whiskers,
+which seemed to grow up almost to his eyes, and stuck out like the
+quills on a porcupine.
+
+As the intruder looked at the boy and shuffled toward him, in his soft
+rubber shoes, he indulged in a broad grin, which caused his teeth to
+shine through his scraggly beard.
+
+He held his hat, which resembled a dishcloth, as much as anything, in
+his hand, and was all suavity.
+
+His voice sounded as though he had a bad cold, with now and then an odd
+squeak. As he bowed he said:
+
+"Good evening, young man; I hope I don't intrude."
+
+As he approached the table and helped himself to a chair, the ladies
+came along behind him, Miss Lizzie saying:
+
+"This poor man, Frederick, has had nothing to eat for three days, and
+is trying to get home to his family. I'm sure you will be glad to have
+him sit at the table with you."
+
+"Yes, I'm awful glad," replied the boy, almost choking with the fib. "I
+was beginning to feel kind of lonely, but I'm through and he can have
+the table to himself."
+
+"You said you were a shipwrecked sailor, I believe?" was the inquiring
+remark of Miss Lizzie, as the two sisters stood in the door, beaming
+kindly on the tramp, who began to play havoc with the eatables before
+him.
+
+"Yes, mum; we was shipwrecked on the Jarsey coast; I was second mate
+and all was drowned but me. I hung to the rigging for three days and
+nights in the awfullest snow storm you ever heard of."
+
+"Mercy goodness," gasped Annie; "when was that?"
+
+"Last week," was the response, as the tramp wrenched the leg of a
+chicken apart with hands and teeth.
+
+"Do they have snow storms down there in summer time?" asked Fred, as he
+moved away from the table.
+
+The tramp, with his mouth full of meat, and with his two hands grasping
+the chicken-bone between his teeth, stopped work and glared at the
+impudent youngster, as if he would look him through and through for
+daring to ask the question.
+
+"Young man," said he, as he solemnly resumed operations, "of course,
+they have snow storms down there in summer time; I'm ashamed of your
+ignorance; you're rather small to put in when grown-up folks are
+talking, and I'd advise you to listen arter this."
+
+Fred concluded he would do so, using his eyes meanwhile.
+
+"Yes, mum," continued the tramp; "I was in the rigging for three days
+and nights, and then was washed off by the breakers and carried ashore,
+where I was robbed of all my clothing, money and jewels."
+
+"Deary, deary me!" exclaimed the sisters in concert. "How dreadful."
+
+"You are right, ladies, and I've been tramping ever since."
+
+"How far away is your home?"
+
+"Only a hundred miles, or so."
+
+"You have a family, have you?"
+
+"A wife and four babies--if they only knowed what their poor father had
+passed through--excuse these tears, mum."
+
+The tramp just then gave a sniff and drew his sleeve across his
+forehead, but Fred Sheldon, who was watching him closely, did not
+detect anything like a tear.
+
+But he noted something else, which had escaped the eyes of the
+kind-hearted ladies.
+
+The movement of the arm before the face seemed to displace the
+luxuriant yellow beard. Instead of sitting on the countenance as it did
+at first, even in its ugliness, it was slewed to one side.
+
+Only for a moment, however, for by a quick flirt of the hand, as though
+he were scratching his chin, he replaced it.
+
+And just then Fred Sheldon noticed another fact. The hand with
+which this was done was as small, white and fair as that of a
+woman--altogether the opposite of that which would have been seen had
+the tramp's calling been what he claimed.
+
+The ladies, after a few more thoughtful questions, withdrew, so that
+their guest might not feel any delicacy in eating all he wished--an
+altogether unnecessary step on their part.
+
+Fred went out with them, but after he had been gone a few minutes
+he slyly peeped through the crack of the door, without the ladies
+observing the impolite proceeding.
+
+The guest was still doing his best in the way of satisfying his
+appetite, but he was looking around the room, at the ceiling, the
+floor, the doors, windows and fire-place, and indeed at everything, as
+though he was greatly interested in them, as was doubtless the case.
+
+All at once he stopped and listened, glancing furtively at the door, as
+if he feared some one was about to enter the room.
+
+Then he quietly rose, stepped quickly and noiselessly to one of the
+windows, took out the large nail which was always inserted over the
+sash at night to keep it fastened, put it in his pocket, and, with a
+half chuckle and grin, seated himself again at the table.
+
+At the rate of eating which was displayed, he soon finished, and,
+wiping his greasy hands on his hair, he gave a great sigh of relief,
+picked up his slouchy hat, and moved toward the door leading to the
+room in which the ladies sat.
+
+"I'm very much obleeged to you," said he, bowing very low, as he
+shuffled toward the outer door, "and I shall ever remember you in my
+prayers; sorry I can't pay you better, mums."
+
+The sisters protested they were more than repaid in the gratitude he
+showed, and they begged him, if he ever came that way, to call again.
+
+He promised that he would be glad to do so, and departed.
+
+"You may laugh all you're a mind to," said Fred, when he had gone, "but
+that's the man I saw peeping in the window, and he means to come back
+here to-night and rob you."
+
+The boy told all that he knew, and the ladies, while not sharing his
+fright, agreed that it was best to take extra precautions in locking up.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+ON GUARD.
+
+
+The sisters Perkinpine always retired early, and, candle in hand, they
+made the round of the windows and doors on the first floor.
+
+When they came to the window from which the nail had been removed, Fred
+told them he had seen the tramp take it out, and he was sure he would
+try and enter there.
+
+This served to add to the uneasiness of the sisters, but they had great
+confidence in the security of the house, which had never been disturbed
+by burglars, so far as they knew, in all its long history.
+
+"The chest where we keep the silver and what little money we have,"
+said Lizzie, "is up-stairs, next to the spare bed-room."
+
+"Leave the door open and let me sleep there," said Fred, stoutly.
+
+"Gracious alive, what can you do if they should come?" was the amazed
+inquiry.
+
+"I don't know as I can do anything, but I can try; I want that old
+musket that's over the fire-place, too."
+
+"Why, it will go off and kill you."
+
+Fred insisted so strongly, however, that he was allowed to climb upon
+a chair and take down the antiquated weapon, covered with rust and dust.
+
+When he came to examine it he found that the description he had heard
+was correct--the ancient flintlock was good for nothing, and the
+barrel, when last discharged, must have exploded at the breach, for it
+was twisted and split open, so that a load of powder could only injure
+the one who might fire it, were such a feat possible.
+
+The sisters showed as much fear of it when it was taken down as though
+it were in good order, primed and cocked, and they begged the lad to
+restore it to its place as quickly as possible.
+
+But he seemed to think he had charge of the business for the evening,
+and, bidding them good-night, he took his candle and went to his room,
+which he had occupied once or twice before.
+
+It may well be asked what young Fred Sheldon expected to do with such a
+useless musket, should emergency arise demanding a weapon.
+
+Indeed, the boy would have found it hard to tell himself, excepting
+that he hoped to scare the man or men away by the pretence of a power
+which he did not possess.
+
+Now that the young hero was finally left alone, he felt that he had a
+most serious duty to perform.
+
+The spare bedroom which was placed at his disposal was a large,
+old-fashioned apartment, with two windows front and rear, with a door
+opening into the next room, somewhat smaller in size, both being
+carpeted, while the smaller contained nothing but a few chairs and
+a large chest, in which were silver and money worth several thousand
+dollars.
+
+"I'll set the candle in there on the chest," concluded Fred, "and I'll
+stay in here with the gun. If he comes up-stairs and gets into the room
+I'll try and make him believe I've got a loaded rifle to shoot him
+with."
+
+The door opening outward from each apartment had nothing but the
+old-style iron latch, large and strong, and fastened in place by
+turning down a small iron tongue.
+
+It would take much effort to force such a door, but Fred had no doubt
+any burglar could do it, even though it were ten times as strong. He
+piled chairs against both, and then made an examination of the windows.
+
+To his consternation, the covered porch extending along the front of
+the house, passed beneath every window, and was so low that it would be
+a very easy thing to step from the hypostyle to the entrance.
+
+The room occupied by the ladies was in another part of the building,
+and much more inaccessible.
+
+Young as Fred Sheldon was, he could not help wondering how it was that
+where everything was so inviting to burglars they had not visited these
+credulous and trusting sisters before.
+
+"If that tramp, that I don't believe is a tramp, tries to get into the
+house he'll do it by one of the windows, for that one is fastened down
+stairs, and all he has to do is to climb up the portico and crawl in
+here."
+
+The night was so warm that Fred thought he would smother when he had
+fastened all the windows down, and he finally compromised by raising
+one of those at the back of the house, where he was sure there was the
+least danger of any one entering.
+
+This being done, he sat down in a chair, with the rusty musket in his
+hand, and began his watch.
+
+From his position he could see the broad, flat candlestick standing
+on the chest, with the dip already burned so low that it was doubtful
+whether it could last an hour longer.
+
+"What's the use of that burning, anyway?" he asked himself; "that
+fellow isn't afraid to come in, and the candle will only serve to show
+him the way."
+
+Acting under the impulse, he walked softly through the door to where
+the yellow light was burning, and with one puff extinguished it.
+
+The wick glowed several minutes longer, sending out a strong odor,
+which pervaded both rooms. Fred watched it until all became darkness,
+and then he was not sure he had done a wise thing after all.
+
+The trees on both sides of the house were so dense that their leaves
+shut out nearly all the moonlight which otherwise would have entered
+the room. Only a few rays came through the window of the other
+apartment, and these, striking the large, square chest showed its dim
+outlines, with the phantom-like candlestick on top.
+
+Where Fred himself sat it was dark and gloomy, and his situation, we
+are sure all will admit, was enough to try the nerves of the strongest
+man, even if furnished with a good weapon of offence and defence.
+
+"I hope the ladies will sleep," was the unselfish thought of the little
+hero, "for there isn't any use of their being disturbed when they can't
+do anything but scream, and a robber don't care for that."
+
+One of the hardest things is to keep awake when exhausted by some
+unusual effort of the bodily or mental powers, and we all know under
+how many conditions it is utterly impossible.
+
+The sentinel on the outpost or the watch on deck fights off his
+drowsiness by steadily pacing back and forth. If he sits down for a few
+minutes he is sure to succumb.
+
+When Fremont, the pathfinder, was lost with his command in the Rocky
+Mountains, and was subjected to such arctic rigors in the dead of
+winter as befell the crew of the Jeannette in the ice-resounding oceans
+of the far north the professor, who accompanied the expedition for the
+purpose of making scientific investigations, warned all that their
+greatest peril lay in yielding to the drowsiness which the extreme cold
+would be sure to bring upon them. He begged them to resist it with all
+the energy of their natures, for in no other way could they escape with
+their lives.
+
+And yet this same professor was the first one of the party to give up
+and to lie down for his last long sleep, from which it was all Fremont
+could do to arouse him.
+
+Fred Sheldon felt that everything depended on him, and with the
+exaggerated fears that come to a youngster at such a time he was sure
+that if he fell asleep the evil man would enter the room, take all the
+money and plate and then sacrifice him.
+
+"I could keep awake a week," he muttered, as he tipped his chair back
+against the wall, so as to rest easier, while he leaned the musket
+along side of him, in such position that it could be seized at a
+moment's warning.
+
+The night remained solemn and still. Far in the distance he could hear
+the flow of the river, and from the forest, less than a mile away,
+seemed to come a murmur, like the "voice of silence" itself.
+
+Now and then the crowing of a cock was answered by another a long
+distance off, and occasionally the soft night wind stirred the
+vegetation surrounding the house.
+
+But among them all was no sound which the excited imagination could
+torture into such as would be made by a stealthy entrance into the
+house.
+
+In short, everything was of the nature to induce sleep, and it was not
+yet ten o'clock when Fred began to wink, very slowly and solemnly, his
+grasp on the ruined weapon relaxed, his head bobbed forward several
+times and at last he was asleep.
+
+As his mind had been so intensely occupied by thoughts of burglars and
+their evil doings, his dreams were naturally of the same unpleasant
+personages.
+
+In his fancy he was sitting on the treasure-chest, unable to move,
+while an ogre-like creature climbed into the window, slowly raised an
+immense club and then brought it down on the head of the boy with a
+terrific crash.
+
+With an exclamation of terror Fred awoke, and found that he had fallen
+forward on his face, sprawling on the floor at full length, while the
+jar tipped the musket over so that it fell across him.
+
+In his dream it had seemed that the burglar was a full hour climbing
+upon the roof and through the window, and yet the whole vision began
+and ended during the second or two occupied in falling from his chair.
+
+In the confusion of the moment Fred was sure the man he dreaded was
+in the room, but when he had got back into the chair he was gratified
+beyond measure to find his mistake.
+
+"I'm a pretty fellow to keep watch," he muttered, rubbing his eyes; "I
+don't suppose that I was awake more than a half hour. It must be past
+midnight, so I've had enough sleep to last me without any more of it
+before to-morrow night."
+
+He resumed his seat, never more wide awake in all his life. It was not
+as late as he supposed, but the hour had come when it was all-important
+that he should keep his senses about him.
+
+Hearing nothing unusual he rose to his feet and walked to the rear
+window and looked out. It was somewhat cooler and a gentle breeze felt
+very pleasant on his fevered face. The same stillness held reign, and
+he moved to the front, where he took a similar view.
+
+So far as could be told, everything was right and he resumed his seat.
+
+But at this juncture Fred was startled by a sound, the meaning of which
+he well knew.
+
+Some one was trying hard to raise the dining-room window--the rattling
+being such that there was no mistake about it.
+
+"It's that tramp!" exclaimed the boy, all excitement, stepping softly
+into the next room and listening at the head of the stairs, "and he's
+trying the window that he took the nail out of."
+
+The noise continued several minutes--long after the time, indeed, when
+the tramp must have learned that his trick had been discovered--and
+then all became still.
+
+This window was the front, and Fred, in the hope of scaring the fellow
+away, raised the sash, and, leaning out, peered into the darkness and
+called out:
+
+"Halloo, down there! What do you want?"
+
+As may be supposed, there was no answer, and after waiting a minute or
+two, Fred concluded to give a warning.
+
+"If I hear anything more of you, I'll try and shoot; I've got a gun
+here and we're ready for you!"
+
+This threat ought to have frightened an ordinary person away, and the
+boy was not without a strong hope that it had served that purpose with
+the tramp whom he dreaded so much.
+
+He thought he could discern his dark figure among the trees, but it was
+probably fancy, for the gloom was too great for his eyes to be of any
+use in that respect.
+
+Fred listened a considerable while longer, and then, drawing his head
+within, said:
+
+"I shouldn't wonder if I had scared him off----"
+
+Just then a soft step roused him, and turning his head, he saw that
+the very tramp of whom he was thinking and of whom he believed he was
+happily rid, had entered the room, and was standing within a few feet
+of him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+BRAVE WORK.
+
+
+When Fred Sheldon turned on his heel and saw the outlines of the tramp
+in the room behind him he gave a start and exclamation of fear, as the
+bravest man might have done under the circumstances.
+
+The intruder chuckled and said in his rasping, creaking voice:
+
+"Don't be skeert, young man; if you keep quiet you won't get hurt, but
+if you go to yelping or making any sort of noise I'll wring your head
+as if you was a chicken I wanted for dinner."
+
+Fred made no answer to this, when the tramp added, in the same husky
+undertone, as he stepped forward in a threatening way:
+
+"Do you hear what I said?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I hear you."
+
+"Well, just step back through that door in t'other room and watch me
+while I look through this chest for a gold ring I lost last week."
+
+Poor Fred was in a terrible state of mind, and, passing softly through
+the door opening into his bed-room, he paused by the chair where he
+had sat so long, and then faced toward the tramp, who said, by way of
+amendment:
+
+"I forgot to say that if you try to climb out of the winder onto the
+porto rico or to sneak out any way I'll give you a touch of that."
+
+As he spoke he suddenly held up a bull's-eye lantern, which poured a
+strong stream of light toward the boy. It looked as if he must have
+lighted it inside the house, and had come into the room with it under
+his coat.
+
+While he carried this lantern in one hand he held a pistol, shining
+with polished silver, in the other, and behind the two objects the
+bearded face loomed up like that of some ogre of darkness.
+
+The scamp did not seem to think this remark required anything in the
+way of response, and, kneeling before the huge oaken chest, he began
+his evil work.
+
+For a few moments Fred was so interested that he ceased to reproach
+himself for having failed to do his duty.
+
+The tramp set the lantern on the floor beside him, so that it threw its
+beams directly into the room where the boy stood.
+
+The marauder, it must be said, did not act like a professional. One
+of the burglars who infest society to-day would have made short work
+with the lock, though it was of the massive and powerful kind, in use
+many years ago; but this person fumbled and worked a good while without
+getting it open.
+
+He muttered impatiently to himself several times, and then caught up
+the bull's-eye, and, bending his head over, carefully examined it, to
+learn why it resisted his vigorous efforts.
+
+The action of the man seemed to rouse Fred, who, without a moment's
+thought, stepped backward toward the open window at the rear, the one
+which had been raised all the time to afford ventilation.
+
+He thought if the dreadful man should object, he could make excuse on
+account of the warmth of the night.
+
+But the lad moved so softly, or the wicked fellow was so interested
+in his own work that he did not notice him, for he said nothing, and
+though Fred could see him no longer he could hear him toiling, with
+occasional mutterings of anger at his failure to open the chest, which
+was believed to contain so much valuable silverware and money.
+
+The diverging rays from the dark-lantern still shot through the open
+door into the bed-room. They made a well-defined path along the floor,
+quite narrow and not very high, and which, striking the white wall at
+the opposite side, terminated in one splash of yellow, in which the
+specks of the whitewash could be plainly seen.
+
+It was as if a great wedge of golden light lay on the floor, with the
+head against the wall and the tapering point passing through the door
+and ending at the chest in the other room.
+
+While Fred Sheldon was looking at the curious sight he noticed
+something in the illuminated path. It would be thought that, in the
+natural fear of a boy in his situation, he would have felt no interest
+in it, but, led on by a curiosity which none but a lad feels, he
+stepped softly forward on tip-toe.
+
+Before he stooped over to pick it up he saw that it was a handsome
+pocket-knife.
+
+"He has dropped it," was the thought of Fred, who wondered how he came
+to do it; "anyway I'll hold on to it for awhile."
+
+He quietly shoved it down into his pocket, where his old Barlow knife,
+his jewsharp, eleven marbles, two slate pencils, a couple of large
+coppers, some cake crumbs and other trifles nestled, and then, having
+succeeded so well, he again went softly to the open window at the rear.
+
+Just as he reached it he heard an unusual noise in the smaller
+apartment where the man was at work, and he was sure the burglar had
+discovered what he was doing, and was about to punish him.
+
+But the sound was not repeated, and the boy believed the tramp had got
+the chest open. If such were the fact, he was not likely to think of
+the youngster in the next room for several minutes more.
+
+Fred was plucky, and the thought instantly came to him that he had a
+chance to leave the room and give an alarm; but to go to the front and
+climb out on the roof of the porch would bring him so close to the
+tramp that discovery would be certain.
+
+At the rear there was nothing by which he could descend to the ground.
+It was a straight wall, invisible in the darkness and too high for any
+one to leap. He might hang down from the sill by his hands and then let
+go, but he was too unfamiliar with the surroundings to make such an
+attempt.
+
+"Maybe there's a tub of water down there," he said to himself, trying
+to peer into the gloom; "and I might turn over and strike on my head
+into it, or it might be the swill barrel, and I wouldn't want to get my
+head and shoulders wedged into that----"
+
+At that instant something as soft as a feather touched his cheek. The
+gentle night wind had moved the rustling limbs, so that one of them in
+swaying only a few inches had reached out, as it were, and kissed the
+chubby face of the brave little boy.
+
+"Why didn't I think of that?" he asked himself, as he caught hold of
+the friendly limb. "I can hold on and swing to the ground."
+
+It looked, indeed, as if such a movement was easy. By reaching his
+hand forward he could follow the limb until it was fully an inch in
+diameter. That was plenty strong enough to hold his weight.
+
+Glancing around, he saw the same wedge of golden light streaming into
+the room, and the sounds were such that he was sure the burglar had
+opened the chest and was helping himself to the riches within.
+
+The next minute Fred bent forward, and, griping the limb with both
+hands, swung out of the window. All was darkness, and he shut his eyes
+and held his breath with that peculiar dizzy feeling which comes over
+one when he cowers before an expected blow on the head.
+
+The sensation was that of rushing into the leaves and undergrowth, and
+then, feeling himself stopping rather suddenly, he let go.
+
+He alighted upon his feet, the distance being so short that he was
+scarcely jarred, and he drew a sigh of relief when he realized that his
+venture had ended so well.
+
+"There," he said to himself, as he adjusted his clothing, "I ain't
+afraid of him now, I can outrun him if I only have a fair chance, and
+there's plenty of places where a fellow can hide."
+
+Looking up to the house it was all dark; not a ray from the lantern
+could be seen, and the sisters were no doubt sleeping as sweetly as
+they had slept nearly every night for the past three-score years and
+more.
+
+But Fred understood the value of time too well to stay in the vicinity
+while the tramp was engaged with his nefarious work above. If the
+law-breaker was to be caught, it must be done speedily.
+
+But there were no houses near at hand, and it would take fully an hour
+to bring Archie Jackson, the constable, to the spot.
+
+"The nearest house is Mike Heyland's, the hired man, and I'll go for
+him."
+
+Filled with this thought, Fred moved softly around to the front, passed
+through the gate, entered the short lane, and began walking between the
+rows of trees in the direction of the highway.
+
+An active boy of his age finds his most natural gait to be a trot, and
+Fred took up that pace.
+
+"It's so dark here under these trees that if there's anything in the
+road I'll tumble over it, for I never miss----"
+
+"Halloo there, you boy!"
+
+As these startling words fell upon young Sheldon's ear, the figure of
+a man suddenly stepped out from the denser shadows and halted in front
+of the affrighted boy, who stopped short, wondering what it meant.
+
+There was nothing in the voice and manner of the stranger, however,
+which gave confidence to Fred, who quickly rallied, and stepping
+closer, caught his hand with the confiding faith of childhood.
+
+"O, I'm so glad to see you! I was afraid I'd have to run clear to
+Tottenville to find somebody."
+
+"What's the matter, my little man?"
+
+"Why, there's a robber in the house back there; he's stealing all the
+silver and money that belongs to the Misses Perkinpine, and they're
+sound asleep--just think of it--and he's got a lantern up there and
+is at work at the chest now, and said he would shoot me if I made any
+noise or tried to get away, but I catched hold of a limb and swung out
+the window, and here I am!" exclaimed Fred, stopping short and panting.
+
+"Well now, that's lucky, for I happen to have a good, loaded pistol
+with me. I'm visiting Mr. Spriggins in Tottenville, and went out
+fishing this afternoon, but stayed longer than I intended, and was
+going home across lots when I struck the lane here without knowing
+exactly where I was; but I'm glad I met you."
+
+"So'm I," exclaimed the gratified Fred; "will you help me catch that
+tramp?"
+
+"Indeed I will; come on, my little man."
+
+The stranger stepped off briskly, Fred close behind him, and passed
+through the gate at the front of the old brick house, which looked as
+dark and still as though no living person had been in it for years.
+
+"Don't make any noise," whispered the elder, turning part way round and
+raising his finger.
+
+"You needn't be afraid of my doing so," replied the boy, who was sure
+the caution was unnecessary.
+
+Fred did not notice the fact at the time that the man who had come
+along so opportunely seemed to be quite familiar with the place, but he
+walked straight to a rear window, which, despite the care with which it
+had been fastened down, was found to be raised.
+
+"There's where he went in," whispered Fred's friend, "and there's where
+we're going after him."
+
+"All right," said Fred, who did not hesitate, although he could not see
+much prospect of his doing anything. "I'll follow."
+
+The man reached up and catching hold of the sash placed his feet on the
+sill and stepped softly into the room. Then turning so his figure could
+be seen plainly in the moonlight, he said in the same guarded voice:
+
+"He may hear me coming, do you, therefore, go round to the front and if
+he tries to climb down by way of the porch, run round here and let me
+know. We'll make it hot for him."
+
+This seemed a prudent arrangement, for it may be said, it guarded all
+points. The man who had just entered would, prevent the thieving tramp
+from retreating by the path he used in entering, while the sharp eyes
+of the boy would be quick to discover him the moment he sought to use
+the front window.
+
+"I guess we've got him," thought Fred, as he took his station by the
+front porch and looked steadily upward, like one who is studying the
+appearance of a new comet or some constellation in the heavens; "that
+man going after him ain't afraid of anything, and he looks strong
+and big enough to take him by the collar and shake him, just as Mr.
+McCurtis shakes us boys when he wants to exercise himself."
+
+For several minutes the vigilant Fred was in a flutter of excitement,
+expecting to hear the report of firearms and the sound of struggling on
+the floor above.
+
+"I wonder if Miss Annie and Lizzie will wake up when the shooting
+begins," thought Fred; "I don't suppose they will, for they are so used
+to sleeping all night that nothing less than a big thunder-storm will
+start them--but it seems to me it's time that something took place."
+
+Young Sheldon had the natural impatience of youth, and when ten minutes
+passed without stirring up matters, he thought his friend was too slow
+in his movements.
+
+Besides, his neck began to ache from looking so steadily upward, so
+he walked back in the yard some distance, and leaning against a tree,
+shoved his hands down in his pockets and continued the scrutiny.
+
+This made it more pleasant for a short time only, when he finally
+struck the happy expedient of lying down on his side and then placing
+his head upon his hand in such an easy position that the ache vanished
+at once.
+
+Fifteen more minutes went by, and Fred began to wonder what it all
+meant. It seemed to him that fully an hour had gone since stationing
+himself as a watcher, and not the slightest sound had come back to tell
+him that any living person was in the house.
+
+"There's something wrong about this," he finally exclaimed, springing
+to his feet; "maybe the tramp got away before I came back; but then, if
+that's so, why didn't the other fellow find it out long ago?"
+
+Loth to leave his post, Fred moved cautiously among the trees a while
+longer, and still failing to detect anything that would throw light on
+the mystery, he suddenly formed a determination, which was a rare one,
+indeed, for a lad of his years.
+
+"I'll go in and find out for myself!"
+
+Boy-like, having made the resolve, he acted upon it without stopping
+to think what the cost might be. He was in his bare feet, and it was
+an easy matter for a little fellow like him to climb through an open
+window on the first floor without making a noise.
+
+When he got into the room, however, where it was as dark as the darkest
+midnight he ever saw, things began to appear different, that is so far
+as anything can be said to appear where it is invisible.
+
+He could see nothing at all, and reaching out his hands, he began
+shuffling along in that doubting manner which we all use under such
+circumstances.
+
+He knew that he was in the dining-room, from which it was necessary to
+pass through a door into the broad hall, and up the stairs to the spare
+room, where it was expected he would sleep whenever he favored the twin
+maiden sisters with a visit.
+
+He could find his way there in the dark, but he was afraid of the
+obstructions in his path.
+
+"I 'spose all the chairs have been set out of the way, 'cause Miss
+Annie and Lizzie are very particular, and they wouldn't----"
+
+Just then Fred's knee came against a chair, and before he could stop
+himself, he fell over it with a racket which he was sure would awaken
+the ladies themselves.
+
+"That must have jarred every window in the house," he gasped, rubbing
+his knees.
+
+He listened for a minute or two before starting on again, but the same
+profound stillness reigned. It followed, as a matter of course, that
+the men up-stairs had heard the tumult, but Fred consoled himself with
+the belief that it was such a tremendous noise that they would mistake
+its meaning altogether.
+
+"Any way, I don't mean to fall over any more chairs," muttered the lad,
+shuffling along with more care, and holding his hands down, so as to
+detect such an obstruction.
+
+It is hardly necessary to tell what followed. Let any one undertake to
+make his way across a dark room, without crossing his hands in front
+and the edge of a door is sure to get between them.
+
+Fred Sheldon received a bump which made him see stars, but after
+rubbing his forehead for a moment he moved out into the broad hall,
+where there was no more danger of anything of the kind.
+
+The heavy oaken stairs were of such solid structure that when he placed
+his foot on the steps they gave back no sound, and he stepped quite
+briskly to the top without making any noise that could betray his
+approach.
+
+"I wonder what they thought when I tumbled over the chair," pondered
+Fred, who began to feel more certain than before that something was
+amiss.
+
+Reaching out his hands in the dark he found that the door of his own
+room was wide open, and he walked in without trouble.
+
+As he did so a faint light which entered by the rear window gave him a
+clear idea of the interior.
+
+With his heart beating very fast Fred tip-toed toward the front until
+he could look through the open door into the small room where the large
+oaken chest stood.
+
+By this time the moon was so high that he could see the interior with
+more distinctness than before.
+
+All was still and deserted; both the men were gone.
+
+"That's queer," muttered the puzzled lad; "if the tramp slipped away,
+the other man that I met on the road ought to have found it out; but
+what's become of him?"
+
+Running his hand deep down among the treasures in his trousers pocket,
+Fred fished out a lucifer match, which he drew on the wall, and, as the
+tiny twist of flame expanded, he touched it to the wick of the candle
+that he held above his head.
+
+The sight which met his gaze was a curious one indeed, and held him
+almost breathless for the time.
+
+The lid of the huge chest was thrown back against the wall, and all
+that was within it were rumpled sheets of old brown paper, which had no
+doubt been used as wrappings for the pieces of the silver tea-service.
+
+On the floor beside the chest was a large pocket-book, wrong side out.
+This, doubtless, had once held the money belonging to the old ladies,
+but it held it no longer.
+
+Money and silverware were gone!
+
+"The tramp got away while we were down the lane," said Fred, as he
+stood looking at the signs of ruin about him; "but why didn't my friend
+let me know about it, and where is he?"
+
+Fred Sheldon stopped in dismay, for just then the whole truth came upon
+him like a flash.
+
+These two men were partners, and the man in the lane was on the watch
+to see that no strangers approached without the alarm being given to
+the one inside the house.
+
+"Why didn't I think of that?" mentally exclaimed the boy, so overcome
+that he dropped into a chair, helpless and weak, holding the candle in
+hand.
+
+It is easy to see how natural it was for a lad of his age to be
+deceived as was Fred Sheldon, who never in all his life had been placed
+in such a trying position.
+
+He sat for several minutes looking at the open chest, which seemed
+to speak so eloquently of the wrong it had suffered, and then he
+reproached himself for having failed so completely in doing his duty.
+
+"I can't see anything I've done," he thought, "which could have been of
+any good, while there was plenty of chances to make some use of myself
+if I had any sense about me."
+
+Indeed there did appear to be some justice in the self-reproach of the
+lad, who added in the same vein:
+
+"I knew, the minute he stopped to ask questions at our front gate, that
+he meant to come here and rob the house, and I ought to have started
+right off for Constable Jackson, without running to tell the folks.
+Then they laughed at me and I thought I was mistaken, even after I had
+seen him peeping through the window. When he was eating his supper I
+was sure of it, and then I should have slipped away and got somebody
+else here to help watch, but we didn't have anything to shoot with,
+and when I tried to keep guard I fell asleep, and when I woke up I was
+simple enough to think there was only one way of his coming into the
+house, and, while I had my eye on that, he walked right in behind me."
+
+Then, as Fred recalled his meeting with the second party in the lane,
+he heaved a great sigh.
+
+"Well, I'm the biggest blockhead in the country--that's all--and I hope
+I won't have to tell anybody the whole story. Halloo!"
+
+Just then he happened to think of the pocket-knife he had picked
+up on the floor, and he drew it out of his pocket. Boy-like, his
+eyes sparkled with pleasure when they rested on the implement so
+indispensable to every youngster, and which was much the finest one he
+had ever had in his hand.
+
+The handle was pearl and the two blades were of the finest steel and
+almost as keen as a razor.
+
+Fred set the candle on a chair, and leaning over, carefully examined
+the knife, which seemed to grow in beauty the more he handled it.
+
+"The man that dropped that is the one who stole all the silverware and
+money, and there's the letters of his name," added the boy.
+
+True enough. On the little piece of brass on the side of the handle
+were roughly cut the letters, "N. H. H."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+ON THE OUTSIDE.
+
+
+When Fred Sheldon had spent some minutes examining the knife he had
+picked up from the floor, he opened and closed the blades several
+times, and finally dropped it into his pocket, running his hand to
+the bottom to make sure there was no hole through which the precious
+implement might be lost.
+
+"I think that knife is worth about a thousand dollars," he said, with
+a great sigh; "and if Aunt Lizzie and Annie don't get their silverware
+and money back, why they can hold on to the jack-knife."
+
+At this juncture it struck the lad as a very strange thing that the two
+ladies should sleep in one part of the house and leave their valuables
+in another. It would have been more consistent if they had kept the
+chest in their own sleeping apartment, but they were very peculiar in
+some respects, and there was no accounting for many things they did.
+
+"Maybe they went in there!" suddenly exclaimed Fred, referring to the
+tramp and his friend. "They must have thought it likely there was
+something in their bed-room worth hunting for. I'll see."
+
+He felt faint at heart at the thought that the good ladies had been
+molested while they lay unconscious in bed, but he pushed his way
+through the house, candle in hand, with the real bravery which was a
+part of his nature.
+
+His heart was throbbing rapidly when he reached the door of their
+apartment and softly raised the latch.
+
+But it was fastened from within, and when he listened he distinctly
+heard the low, gentle breathing of the good souls who had slumbered so
+quietly all through these exciting scenes.
+
+"I am so thankful they haven't been disturbed," said Fred, making his
+way back to his own room, where he blew out his light, said his prayers
+and jumped into bed.
+
+Despite the stirring experiences through which he had passed, and the
+chagrin he felt over his stupidity, Fred soon dropped into a sound
+slumber, which lasted until the sun shone through the window.
+
+Even then it was broken by the gentle voice of Aunt Lizzie, as she was
+sometimes called, sounding from the foot of the stairs.
+
+Fred was dressed and down in a twinkling, and in the rushing, headlong,
+helter-skelter fashion of youngsters of his age, he told the story of
+the robbery that had been committed during the night.
+
+The old ladies listened quietly, but the news was exciting, indeed, and
+when Aunt Lizzie, the mildest soul that ever lived, said:
+
+"I hope you are mistaken, Fred; after breakfast we'll go up-stairs and
+see for ourselves."
+
+"I shall see now," said her sister Annie, starting up the steps,
+followed by Fred and the other.
+
+There they quickly learned the whole truth. Eight hundred and odd
+dollars were in the pocketbook, and the intrinsic worth of the silver
+tea service amounted to fully three times as much, while ten times that
+sum would not have persuaded the ladies to part with it.
+
+They were thrown into dismay by the loss, which grew upon them as they
+reflected over it.
+
+"Why didn't you call us?" asked the white-faced Aunt Lizzie.
+
+"Why, what would you have done if I had called you?" asked Fred, in
+turn.
+
+"We would have talked with them and shown them what a wicked thing they
+were doing, and reminded them how unlawful and wrong it is to pick a
+lock and steal things."
+
+"Gracious alive! if I had undertaken to call you that first man would
+have shot me, and it was lucky he didn't see me when I swung out the
+back window; but they left something behind them which I'd rather have
+than all your silver," said Fred.
+
+"What's that?"
+
+He drew out the pocket-knife and showed it, looking so wistfully that
+they did not even take it from his hand, but told the gleeful lad to
+keep it for himself.
+
+"You may be sure I will," was his comment as he stowed it away once
+more; "a boy don't get a chance at a knife like that more than once in
+a lifetime."
+
+The old ladies, mild and sweet-tempered as they were, became so faint
+and weak as they fully realized their loss, that they could eat no
+breakfast at all, and only swallowed a cup of coffee.
+
+Fred was affected in the same manner, but not to so great an extent.
+However, he was anxious to do all he could for the good ladies, and
+spending only a few minutes at the table he donned his hat and said he
+would go for Constable Archie Jackson.
+
+The hired man, Michael Heyland, had arrived, and was at work out-doors,
+so there was no call for the boy to remain longer.
+
+As Fred hastened down the lane, he was surprised to hear sounds of
+martial music, but when he caught sight of a gorgeous band and a number
+of square, box-like wagons with yellow animals painted on the outside,
+he recalled that this was the day of the circus, and his heart gave a
+great bound of delight.
+
+"I wish Miss Annie and Lizzie hadn't lost their money and silver," he
+said, "for maybe I could have persuaded them to go to the circus with
+me, and I'm sure they would have enjoyed themselves."
+
+Running forward, Fred perched himself on the fence until the last
+wagon rattled by, when he slipped to the ground and trotted behind it,
+feeling that delight which comes to all lads in looking upon the place
+where wild animals are known to be housed.
+
+At every dwelling they passed the inmates hastened out, and the
+musicians increased the volume of their music until the air seemed to
+throb and pulsate with the stirring strains.
+
+When the town of Tottenville was reached, the whole place was
+topsy-turvy. The men and wagons, with the tents and poles, had been on
+the ground several hours, hard at work, and crowds had been watching
+them from the moment of their arrival.
+
+As the rest of the vehicles gathered in a circle, which was to be
+enclosed by the canvas, the interest was of such an intense character
+that literally nothing else was seen or thought of by the countrymen
+and villagers.
+
+There was no one who gaped with more open-mouthed wonder than Fred
+Sheldon, who forgot for the time the real business which had brought
+him to Tottenville. As usual, he had his trousers rolled high above his
+knees, and with his hands deep in his pockets, walked about with his
+straw hat flapping in the slight breeze, staring at everything relating
+to the menagerie and circus, and tasting beforehand the delights that
+awaited him in the afternoon, when he would be permitted to gaze until
+tired, if such a thing were possible.
+
+"That's the cage that has the great African lion," said Fred to Jimmy
+Emery and Joe Hunt, who stood beside him; "just look at that picture
+where he's got a man in his jaws, running off with him, and not caring
+a cent for the hunters firing at him."
+
+"Them's Tottenhots," said Joe Hunt, who was glad of a chance of airing
+his knowledge of natural history; "they live in the upper part of
+Africa, on the Hang Ho river, close to London."
+
+"My gracious," said Fred, with a laugh; "you've got Europe, Asia and
+Africa all mixed up, and the people are the Hottentots; there isn't
+anybody in the world with such a name as Tottenhots."
+
+"Yes, there is, too; ain't we folks that live in Tottenville
+Tottenhots, smarty?"
+
+"Let's ask that big boy there about them; he belongs to the show."
+
+The young man to whom they alluded stood a short distance off, with
+a long whip in his hand, watching the operations of those who were
+erecting the canvas. He was quite red in the face, had a bushy head
+of hair almost of the same hue, and was anything but attractive in
+appearance.
+
+His trousers were tucked in his boot-tops; he wore a blue shirt,
+sombrero-like hat, and was smoking a strong briar-wood pipe,
+occasionally indulging in some remark in which there was a shocking
+amount of profanity.
+
+The boys started toward him, and had nearly reached him when Jimmy
+Emery said in an excited undertone:
+
+"Why, don't you see who he is? He's Bud Heyland."
+
+"So he is. His father told me last spring he had gone off to join a
+circus, but I forgot all about it."
+
+Bud Heyland was the son of Michael Heyland, the man who did the work
+for the sisters Perkinpine, and before he left was known as the bully
+of the neighborhood.
+
+He was a year or two older than the oldest in school, and he played the
+tyrant among the other youngsters, whose life sometimes became a burden
+to them when he was near.
+
+He generally punished two or three of the lads each day after school
+for some imaginary offense. If they told the teacher, he would scold
+and threaten Bud, who would tell some outlandish falsehood, and then
+whip the boys again for telling tales.
+
+If they appealed to Mr. McCurtis, the same programme was gone through
+as before; and as the original victims continued to be worsted,
+they finally gave it up as a losing business and bore their sorrows
+uncomplainingly.
+
+Fred Sheldon tried several times to get up a confederation against the
+bully, with a view of bringing him to justice, but the others were too
+timid, and nothing came from it.
+
+Bud was especially ugly in his actions toward Fred, who had no father
+to take the matter in hand, while Mr. Heyland himself simply smoked
+his pipe and grunted out that he couldn't do anything with Bud and had
+given him up long ago.
+
+Finally Mr. McCurtis lost all patience, and summoning his energies he
+flogged the young scamp most thoroughly and then bundled him out of the
+door, forbidding him to come to school any more.
+
+This suited Bud, who hurled several stones through the window, and then
+went home, stayed several days and finally went off with a circus, with
+one of whose drivers he had formed an acquaintance.
+
+The boys were a little backward when they recognized Bud, but concluded
+he would be glad to see them, especially as they all intended to visit
+the menagerie during the afternoon.
+
+"Halloo, Bud!" called out Fred, with a grin, as he and his two friends
+approached; "how are you?"
+
+The boy, who was sixteen years old, turned about and looked at them for
+a minute, and then asked:
+
+"Is that you, younkers? What'er you doin' here?"
+
+"Oh, looking around a little. We're all coming this afternoon."
+
+"You are, eh? Do you expect to crawl under the tent?"
+
+"No, we're going to pay our way in; Jim and Joe didn't know whether
+they could come or not, but it's all fixed now."
+
+"I watch outside with this cart-whip for boys that try to crawl under,
+and it's fun when I bring the lash down on 'em. Do you see?"
+
+As he spoke, Bud gave a flourish with the whip, whirling the lash about
+his head and causing it to snap like a firecracker.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+"THE LION IS LOOSE!"
+
+
+"I'll show you how it works," he called out, with a grin, and without
+a word of warning he whirled it about the legs and bodies of the boys,
+who jumped with pain and started to run.
+
+He followed them just as the teacher did before, delivering blows
+rapidly, every one of which fairly burned and blistered where it
+struck. Bud laughed and enjoyed it, because he was inflicting
+suffering, and he would have caused serious injury had not one of the
+men shouted to him to stop.
+
+Bud obeyed, catching the end of the lash in the hand which held the
+whipstock, and slouching back to his position, said:
+
+"They wanted me to give 'em free tickets, and 'cause I wouldn't they
+told me they were going to crawl under the tent; so I thought I would
+let 'em have a little taste beforehand."
+
+"You mustn't be quite so ready," said the man; "some time you will get
+into trouble."
+
+"It wan't be the first time," said Bud, looking with a grin at the poor
+boys, all three of whom were crying with pain; "and I reckon I can get
+out ag'in, as I've done often enough."
+
+Fred Sheldon, after edging away from the other lads and his friends,
+all of whom were pitying him, recalled that he had come into the
+village of Tottenville to see the constable, Archie Jackson, and to
+tell him about the robbery that had been committed at the residence of
+the Misses Perkinpine the preceding evening.
+
+Archie, a short, bustling, somewhat pompous man, who turned in his
+toes when he walked, was found among the crowd that were admiring the
+circus and menagerie, and was soon made acquainted with the alarming
+occurrence.
+
+"Just what might have been expected," he said, severely, when he had
+heard the particulars; "it was some of them circus people, you can make
+up your mind to that. There's always an ugly crowd going along with
+'em, and sometimes a little ahead. It's been some of 'em, I'm sure;
+very well, very well, I'll go right out and investigate."
+
+He told Fred it was necessary he should go along with him, and the boy
+did so, being informed that he would be permitted to attend the show in
+the afternoon.
+
+The fussy constable made the investigation, assisted by the sisters,
+who had become much calmer, and by Fred, who, it will be understood,
+was an important witness.
+
+The officer went through and through the house, examining the floor
+and chairs and windows and furniture for marks that might help him in
+ferreting out the guilty parties. He looked very wise, and, when he was
+done, said he had his own theory, and he was more convinced than ever
+that the two burglars were attachés of Bandman's menagerie and circus.
+
+"Purely as a matter of business," said he, "I'll attend the
+performances this afternoon and evening; I don't believe in circuses,
+but an officer of the law must sometimes go where his inclination
+doesn't lead him. Wouldn't you ladies like to attend the show?"
+
+The sisters were quite shocked at the invitation, and said that nothing
+could induce them to go to such an exhibition, when they never attended
+one in all their lives.
+
+"In the meantime," added the bustling officer, "I suggest that you
+offer a reward for the recovery of the goods."
+
+"The suggestion is a good one," said Aunt Annie, "for I do not believe
+we shall ever get back the silverware unless we make it an inducement
+for everybody to hunt for it."
+
+After some further words it was agreed that the constable should have
+a hundred posters printed, offering a reward for the recovery of the
+stolen property, nothing being said about the capture and conviction of
+the thieves.
+
+Nor would the conscientious ladies consent to make any offer that
+could be accepted by the thieves themselves, by which they could claim
+protection against prosecution.
+
+They would rather bear their irreparable loss than consent to compound
+crime.
+
+"I know Mr. Carter, a very skillful detective in New York," said
+Archie Jackson, as he prepared to go, "and I will send for him. He's
+the sharpest man I ever saw, and if the property can be found, he's the
+one to do it."
+
+The confidence of the officer gave the ladies much hope, and they
+resumed their duties in their household, as they had done so many times
+for years past.
+
+As the afternoon approached, the crowds began streaming into
+Tottenville, and the sight was a stirring one, with the band of music
+inside, the shouts of the peddlers on the outside, and the general
+confusion and expectancy on the part of all.
+
+The doors were open early, for, as is always the case, the multitude
+were ahead of time, and were clamoring for admission.
+
+As may be supposed, the boys were among the earliest, and the little
+fellows who had suffered at the hands of the cruel Bud Heyland forgot
+all their miseries in the delight of the entertainment.
+
+On this special occasion Fred had rolled down his trousers and wore a
+pair of shoes, although most of his playmates preferred no covering at
+all for their brown, expanding feet.
+
+The "performance," as the circus portion was called, did not begin
+until two o'clock, so that more than an hour was at the disposal of the
+visitors in which to inspect the animals.
+
+These were found to be much less awe-inspiring than they were
+pictured on the flaming posters and on the sides of their cages.
+The hippopotamus, which was represented as crushing a large boat,
+containing several men, in his jaws, was taken for a small,
+queer-looking pig, as it was partly seen in the tank, while the grizzly
+bear, the "Monarch of the Western Wilds," who had slain any number of
+men before capture, did not look any more formidable than a common dog.
+
+The chief interest of Fred and two or three of his young friends
+centered around the cage containing the Numidian lion. He was of pretty
+fair size, looked very fierce, and strode majestically back and forth
+in his narrow quarters, now and then giving vent to a cavernous growl,
+which, although not very pleasant to hear, was not so appalling by any
+means as some travelers declare it to be.
+
+Most of the boys soon went to the cage of monkeys, whose funny antics
+kept them in a continual roar; but Fred and Joe Hunt, who were about
+the same age, seemed never to tire of watching the king of beasts.
+
+"Come, move on there; you've been gaping long enough, and it's time
+other folks had a chance."
+
+It was Bud Heyland, who had yielded his position on the outside for
+a few minutes to one of the men, and had come in to look around. He
+raised his whip in a threatening manner, but did not let it descend.
+
+"I'm not in anybody's way," replied the indignant Fred, "and I'll stand
+here as long as I want to."
+
+"You will, eh? I'll show you!"
+
+This time the bully drew back his whip with the intention of striking,
+but before he could do so Archie Jackson, standing near, called out:
+
+"You touch him if you dare!"
+
+Bud turned toward the constable, who stood at his elbow, with flashing
+eyes, and demanded:
+
+"What's the matter with you?"
+
+"That boy isn't doing any harm, and if you touch him I'll take you
+by the collar and lock you up where you'll stay a while after this
+miserable show has gone."
+
+Bud knew the officer and held him in more fear than any one else in the
+community, but he growled:
+
+"This boy crawled under the tent, and he's no business in here."
+
+"That's a falsehood, for I saw him buy his ticket. Come now, young man,
+I _know something about last night's nefarious proceedings_."
+
+It would be hard to describe the significance with which these words
+were spoken, but it may be said that no one could have made them more
+impressive than did the fiery constable, who said them over a second
+time, and then, shaking his head very knowingly, walked away.
+
+It may have been that Bud Heyland was such a bad boy that his
+conscience accused him at all times, but Fred Sheldon was certain he
+saw the red face grow more crimson under the words of the hot-tempered
+constable.
+
+"Can it be Bud knows anything about last night?" Fred asked himself,
+attentively watching the movements of Bud, who affected to be
+interested in something going on a rod or two distant.
+
+He walked rapidly thither, but was gone only a short while when he came
+back scowling at Fred, who looked at him in an inquiring way.
+
+"What are you staring at me so for?" asked Bud, half raising his hand
+as if he wanted to strike, but was afraid to do so.
+
+Fred now did something which bordered on insolence, though the party of
+the other part deserved no consideration therefor. The little fellow
+looked steadily in the red, inflamed face, and with that peculiar grin
+that means so much in a boy, said in a low, confidential voice:
+
+"Bud, how about last night?"
+
+Young Sheldon had no warrant to assume that Bud Heyland knew anything
+of the robbery, and he was only following up the hint given by Archie
+Jackson himself.
+
+This may have been the reason that Fred fancied he could detect a
+resemblance--very slight though it was--between the voice of Bud
+Heyland and that of the tramp who sat at the table in the old brick
+house, and who, beyond question, had a false beard on.
+
+The young man with the whip in his hand simply looked back at the
+handsome countenance before him, and without any appearance of emotion,
+asked in turn:
+
+"What are you talking about?"
+
+Fred continued to look and smile, until suddenly Bud lost all
+self-command and whirled his whip over his head.
+
+As he did so, the lash flew through the bars of the cage and struck the
+Numidian lion a sharp, stinging blow on the nose.
+
+He gave a growl of anger, and half-rearing on his hind feet, made
+a furious clawing and clutching with both paws. The end of the lash
+seemed to have hit him in the eye, for he was furious for a minute.
+
+Bud Heyland knew what the sounds behind him meant, and instead of
+striking the young lad whom he detested so much, he turned about in the
+hope of soothing the enraged lion.
+
+He spoke kindly to the beast, and failing to produce any effect, was
+about to call one of the men to bring some meat, but at that instant
+every one near at hand was startled by a crashing, grinding sound, and
+the cage was seen to sway as if on the point of turning over.
+
+Then, before any one could comprehend fully what had occurred, a huge
+form was seen to bound through the air in front of the cage, landing
+directly among the terrified group, who stood spell-bound, scarcely
+realizing their fearful peril.
+
+"The lion is loose! the lion is loose!" was the next cry that rang
+through the enclosure.
+
+[Illustration: "The lion sprang through the air among the terrified
+group." --(See page 71.)]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+A DAY OF EXCITEMENT IN TOTTENVILLE.
+
+
+If any of our readers were ever so unfortunate as to be in the
+neighborhood of a menagerie of animals when one of the fiercest has
+broken loose he can form some idea of the confusion, terror and
+consternation caused by the escape of the lion from his cage.
+
+Strong men rushed headlong over each other; parents caught up their
+children and struggled desperately to get as far as possible from the
+dreadful beast; the other animals uttered fierce growls and cries;
+women and children screamed and fainted; brave escorts deserted young
+ladies, leaving them to look out for themselves, while they joined in
+the frantic struggle for life; some crawled under the wagons; others
+clambered upon the top, and one man, original even in his panic,
+scrambled into the cage just vacated by the lion, intending to do his
+utmost to keep the rightful owner from getting back again.
+
+Could any one have looked upon the exciting scene, and preserved
+his self-possession, he would have observed a burly boy climbing
+desperately up the center pole, never pausing until he reached the
+point where the heavy ropes of the canvas converged, when he stopped
+panting, and looked down on what was passing beneath him.
+
+The name of that young man was Bud Heyland.
+
+Among the multitude that swarmed through the entrance to the tent,
+which was choked until strong men fought savagely to beat back the
+mad tide, were three boys who got outside safely on their feet, and,
+drawing in their breath, broke into a blind but very earnest run that
+was intended to take them as far as possible from the dangerous spot.
+
+They were Jimmy Emery, Joe Hunt and Fred Sheldon.
+
+The last-named saw the lion make a tremendous bound, which landed
+him almost at his feet, and Fred was sure it was all over with him;
+but he did not stand still and be devoured, but plunged in among the
+struggling mass and reached the exterior of the tent without a scratch.
+
+High above the din and tumult rose the shout of the principal showman:
+
+"Don't kill the lion! Don't kill the lion!"
+
+It was hard to see the necessity for this cry, inasmuch as the danger
+seemed to be altogether the other way, but the one who uttered the
+useless words was evidently afraid some of the people would begin
+shooting at the beast, which was altogether too valuable to lose, if
+there was any way of avoiding it.
+
+It may be, too, that he believed a general fusillade, when the
+confusion was so great, would be more perilous to the people than to
+the lion.
+
+There is reason in the belief that, as some scientists claim, there
+is a sense of humor which sometimes comes to the surface in certain
+animals, and the action of the Numidian lion when he broke out tended
+to confirm such a statement.
+
+He seemed to forget all about the sharp cut he had received across the
+nose and eyes the moment he was clear of his cage and to enjoy the
+hubbub he created.
+
+Had he chosen he could have lacerated and killed a score of children
+within his reach, but instead of doing so he jumped at the terrified
+crowd, striking them pretty hard blows with his fore paws, then
+wheeling about and making for another group, who were literally driven
+out of their senses by the sight of the brute coming toward them.
+
+One young gentleman who was with a lady left her without a word, and,
+catching sight of a small ladder, placed it hastily against the center
+pole and ran rapidly up the rounds, but the ladder itself stood so
+nearly perpendicular that when he reached the top and looked around to
+see whether the king of beasts was following him, it tipped backward,
+and he fell directly upon the shoulders of the lion, rolling off and
+turning a back somersault, where he lay kicking with might and main,
+and shouting to everybody to come and take him away.
+
+The brute paid no attention to him except to act in a confused manner
+for a minute or two, when he darted straight across the ring to an open
+space in the wall of the tent, made by some men who had cut it with
+their knives. The next moment he was on the outside.
+
+The bewilderment and consternation seemed to increase every minute,
+and did not abate when the lion was seen to be galloping up the road
+toward a forest, in which he disappeared.
+
+A number of the show people ran after him, shouting and calling
+continually to others to keep out of his way and not to kill him.
+
+The beast had entered a track of dense woodland, covering fully a dozen
+acres, and abounding with undergrowth, where it was probable he could
+hide himself for days from his would-be captors.
+
+The incident broke up the exhibition for the afternoon, although it
+was announced that it would go on again as usual in the evening, when
+something like self-possession came back to the vast swarm of people
+scattered through the village and over the grounds, it was found that
+although a number had been severely bruised and trampled upon, no one
+was seriously injured, and what was the strangest fact of all, no one
+could be found who had suffered any hurt from the lion.
+
+This was unaccountable to nearly every one, though the explanation, or
+partial one, at least, appeared within the succeeding few days.
+
+Had the lion been able to understand the peril into which he entered
+by this freak of his it may be safely said that he would not have left
+his cage, for no sooner had the community a chance to draw breath and
+realize the situation than they resolved that it would never do to
+allow such a ferocious animal to remain at large.
+
+"Why, he can hide in the woods there and sally out and kill a half
+dozen at a time, just as they do in their native country," said Archie
+Jackson, discussing the matter in the village store.
+
+"Yes," assented a neighbor; "the lion is the awfulest kind of a
+creature, which is why they call him the king of beasts. In Brazil and
+Italy, where they run wild, they're worse than--than--than a--that
+is--than a steam b'iler explosion."
+
+"We must organize," added the constable, compressing his thin lips;
+"self-protection demands it."
+
+"I think we had better call on the Governor to bring out the military,
+and to keep up the hunt until he is exterminated."
+
+"No need of calling on the military, so long as the civil law is
+sufficient," insisted Archie. "A half-dozen of us, well armed, will be
+able to smoke him out."
+
+"Will you j'ine?" asked one of the neighbors.
+
+The constable cleared his throat before saying:
+
+"I've some important business on my hands that'll keep me pretty busy
+for a few days. If you will wait till that is over, it will give me
+pleasure--ahem!--to j'ine you."
+
+"By that time there won't be any of us left to j'ine," said the
+neighbor with a contemptuous sniff. "It looks very much, Archie, as
+though you were trying to get out of it."
+
+The constable grew red in the face at the general smile this caused,
+and said, in his most impressive manner:
+
+"Gentlemen, I'll go with you in search of the lion; more than that,
+gentlemen and fellow-citizens, I'll lead you."
+
+"That's business; you ain't such a big coward as people say you are."
+
+"Who says I'm a coward--show him to me----"
+
+At this moment one of the young men attached to the menagerie and
+circus entered, and when all became still said:
+
+"Gentlemen, my name is Jacob Kincade, and I'm the keeper of the lion
+which broke out to-day and is off somewhere in the woods. He is a very
+valuable animal to us, we having imported him directly from the Bushman
+country, at a great expense. His being at large has created a great
+excitement, as was to be expected, but we don't want him killed."
+
+"Of course not," said Archie Jackson, who echoed the sentiment of his
+neighbors, as he added, "You prefer that he should go raging 'round the
+country and chaw us all up instead. My friend, that little scheme won't
+work; we're just on the point of organizing an exploring expedition
+to shoot the lion. Our duty to our wives and families demands that we
+should extirpate the scourge. Yes, sir," added Archie, rising from his
+chair and gesticulating like an orator, "as patriots we are bound to
+prevent any foreign monsters, especially them as are worshiped by the
+red-coats, to squat on our soil and murder our citizens. The glorious
+American eagle----"
+
+"One minute," interrupted Mr. Kincade, with a wave of his hand. "It
+isn't the eagle, but the lion we are considering. The menagerie,
+having made engagements so far ahead, must show in Lumberton to-morrow
+evening, but two of us will stay behind to arrange for his recapture.
+Bud Heyland, whose home is in this vicinity, and myself would like to
+employ a dozen of you to assist. You will be well paid therefor, and
+whoever secures him, without harm, will receive a reward of a hundred
+dollars."
+
+While these important words were being uttered, Archie Jackson remained
+standing on the floor, facing the speaker, with his hand still raised,
+as if he intended resuming his patriotic speech at the point where it
+had been broken in upon.
+
+But when the showman stopped Archie stood staring at him with mouth
+open, hand raised and silent tongue.
+
+"Go on," suggested one at his elbow.
+
+But the constable let his arm fall against his side, and said:
+
+"I had a good thing about the emblem of British tyranny, but he put me
+out. Will give a hundred dollars, eh? That's another matter altogether.
+But I say, Mr. Kincade, how shall we go to work to capture a lion? That
+sort of game ain't abundant in these parts, and I don't think there's
+any one here that's ever hunted 'em."
+
+Old Mr. Scrapton, who was known to be the teller of the most amazing
+stories ever heard in the neighborhood, opened his mouth to relate how
+he had lassoed lions forty years before, when he was hunting on the
+plains of Texas, but he restrained himself. He thought it best to wait
+till this particular beast had been disposed of and was out of the
+neighborhood.
+
+"I may say, gentlemen," added the showman, with a peculiar smile, "that
+this lion is not so savage and dangerous as most people think. You
+will call to mind, although he broke loose in the afternoon, when the
+tent was crowded with people, and when he had every opportunity he
+could wish, yet he did not hurt any one."
+
+"That is a very remarkable circumstance," said the constable, in a low
+voice, heard by all.
+
+"I am warranted, therefore," added Mr. Kincade, "in saying that there
+is no cause for such extreme fright on your part. You should fix some
+sort of cage and bait it with meat. Then watch, and when he goes in
+spring the trap, and there he is."
+
+"Yes, but will he stay there?"
+
+"If the trap is strong enough."
+
+"How would it do to lasso him?"
+
+"If you are skilled in throwing the lasso and can fling several nooses
+over his head simultaneously from different directions. By that I
+mean if three or four of you can lasso him at the same instant, from
+different directions, so he will be held fast, why the scheme will work
+splendidly."
+
+All eyes turned toward old Mr. Scrapton, who cleared his throat, threw
+one leg over the other and looked very wise.
+
+It was known that he had a long buffalo thong looped and hanging over
+his fire-place at home, with which, he had often told, he used to lasso
+wild horses in the Southwest.
+
+When the old gentleman saw the general interest he had awakened, he
+nodded his head patronizingly and said:
+
+"Yes, boys, I'll go with you and show you how the thing is done."
+
+The important conversation, of which we have given a part, took place
+in the principal store in Tottenville late on the evening succeeding
+the escape of the lion and after the performance was over.
+
+Mr. Kincade, by virtue of his superior experience with wild animals,
+gave the men a great many good points and awakened such an ambition
+in them to capture the beast that he was quite hopeful of his being
+retaken in a short time.
+
+It was understood that if the lion was injured in any way not a penny's
+reward would be paid, and a careful observer of matters would have
+thought there was reason to fear the neighbors were placing themselves
+in great personal peril, through their anxiety to take the king of
+beasts alive and unharmed.
+
+On the morrow, when the children wended their way to the old stone
+school-house again, they stopped to look at Archie Jackson, who was
+busy tearing down the huge posters of the menagerie and circus,
+preparatory to tacking up some others which he had brought with him and
+held under his arm.
+
+The constable dipped into several professions. He sometimes dug wells
+and helped to move houses for his neighbors. Beside this, he was known
+as the auctioneer of the neighborhood, and tacked up the announcement
+posters for himself.
+
+As soon as he had cleared a space, he posted the following, printed in
+large, black letters:
+
+
+ ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS REWARD.
+
+ The above reward will be paid for the capture of the lion which
+ escaped from Bandman's great menagerie and circus on Tuesday
+ the twenty-first instant. Nothing will be paid if the animal is
+ injured in any manner. The undersigned will be at the Tottenville
+ Hotel for a few days, and will hand the reward named to any one
+ who will secure the lion so that he can be returned to his cage.
+
+ JACOB KINCADE.
+
+
+Directly beneath this paper was placed a second one, and it seemed a
+curious coincident that it also was the announcement of a reward.
+
+
+ FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS REWARD.
+
+ The above reward will be paid for the recovery of the silver
+ tea-service stolen from the residence of the Misses Perkinpine
+ on the night of the twentieth instant. A liberal price will be
+ given for anything in the way of information which may lead to the
+ recovery of the property or the detection of the thieves.
+
+
+Attached to the last was a minute description of the various articles
+stolen, and the information that any one who wished further particulars
+could receive them by communicating with Archibald Jackson, constable,
+in Tottenville.
+
+The menagerie and circus had departed, but the excitement which it left
+behind was probably greater and more intense than that which preceded
+its arrival.
+
+Its coming was announced by a daring robbery, and when it went the most
+terrible animal in its "colossal and unparalleled collection" remained
+to prowl through the woods and feast upon the men, women, boys and
+girls of the neighborhood, to say nothing of the cows, oxen, sheep,
+lambs and pigs with which it was to be supposed the king of beasts
+would amuse himself when he desired a little recreation that should
+remind him of his native, far-away country.
+
+Around these posters were gathered the same trio which we pictured on
+the opening of our story.
+
+"I tell you I'd like to catch that lion," said Jimmy Emery, smacking
+his lips over the prospect; "but I don't see how it can be done."
+
+"Why couldn't we coax him into the school-house this afternoon after
+all the girls and boys are gone?" asked Joe Hunt; "it's so low and flat
+he would take it for his den, that is, if we kill a calf and lay it
+inside the door."
+
+"But Mr. McCurtis stays an hour after school to set copies," said Fred
+Sheldon.
+
+Joe Hunt scratched his arms, which still felt the sting of the blows
+for his failure in his lessons, and said:
+
+"That's one reason why I am so anxious to get the lion in there."
+
+"Well, younkers, I s'pose you're going to earn both of them rewards?"
+
+It was Bud Heyland who uttered these words, as he halted among the
+boys, who were rather shy of him.
+
+Bud had his trousers tucked in the top of his boots, his sombrero and
+blue shirt on, his rank brier-wood pipe in his mouth, and the whip,
+whose lash looked like a long, coiling black snake, in his hand.
+
+His face was red as usual, with blotches on his nose and cheeks, such
+as must have been caused by dissipation. He was ugly by nature, and had
+the neighborhood been given the choice between having him and the lion
+as a pest it may be safely said that Bud would not have been the choice
+of all.
+
+"I don't think there's much chance for us," said Fred Sheldon, quietly
+edging away from the bully; "for I don't see how we are to catch and
+hold him."
+
+"It would not do for him to see you," said Bud, taking his pipe from
+his mouth and grinning at Fred.
+
+"Why not?"
+
+"He's so fond of calves he'd be sure to go for you."
+
+"That's why he tried so hard to get at you, I s'pose, when you climbed
+the tent pole and was so scared you've been pale ever since."
+
+Bud was angered by this remark, which caused a general laugh, and he
+raised his whip, but just then he saw the teacher, Mr. McCurtis, close
+at hand, and he refrained. Although large and strong, like all bullies,
+he was a coward, and could not forget the severe drubbing received from
+this severe pedagogue, "all of ye olden times."
+
+He walked sullenly away, resolved to punish the impudent Fred Sheldon
+before he left the neighborhood, while the ringing of the cracked bell
+a minute or two later drew the boys and girls to the building and the
+studies of the day were begun.
+
+Young Fred Sheldon was the brightest and best boy in school, and he got
+through his lessons with his usual facility, but it may be said that
+his thoughts were anywhere but in the school-room.
+
+Indeed, there was plenty to rack his brain over, for during the few
+minutes when Bud Heyland stood talking to the boys before school Fred
+was impressed more than ever with the fact that his voice resembled
+that of the tramp who had been entertained by the Misses Perkinpine a
+couple of nights before.
+
+"I s'pose he tried to make his voice sound different," thought Fred,
+"but he didn't remember it all the time. Bud's voice is coarser than it
+used to be, which I s'pose is because it's changing, but every once in
+awhile it sounded just like it did a few minutes ago.
+
+"Then it seems to me," added our hero, pursuing the same train of
+perplexing thought, "that the voice of the other man--the one that come
+on to me in the lane--was like somebody I've heard, but I can't think
+who the person can be."
+
+Fred took out his new knife and looked at it in a furtive way. When he
+had admired it a few minutes he fixed his eyes on the three letters cut
+in the brass piece.
+
+"They're 'N. H. H.,'" he said, "as sure as I live; but 'N. H. H.' don't
+stand for Bud Heyland, though the last name is the same. If that was
+Bud who stole the silver then he must have dropped the knife on the
+floor, though I don't see how he could do it without knowing it. I
+s'pose he stole the knife from some one else."
+
+The boy had not shown his prize to any of his playmates, having thought
+it best to keep it out of sight. He could not help believing that Bud
+Heyland had something to do with the robbery, but it was difficult to
+think of any way by which the offense could be proven against him.
+
+"He'll deny it, of course, and even Aunt Annie and Lizzie will declare
+that it wasn't him that sat at the table the other night and eat enough
+for a half-dozen men, or as much as I wanted, anyway. He's such a mean,
+ugly boy that I wish I could prove it on him--that is, if he did it."
+
+That day Fred received word from his mother that she would not return
+for several days, and he was directed to look after the house, while he
+was permitted to sleep at the old brick mansion if he chose.
+
+Accordingly Fred saw that all his chores were properly done after he
+reached home that afternoon, when he started for the home of the maiden
+ladies, where he was more than welcome.
+
+The boy followed the same course he took two nights before, and
+his thoughts were so occupied that he went along at times almost
+instinctively, as may be said.
+
+"Gracious," he muttered, "but if I could find that silver for them--she
+don't say anything about the money that was taken--that would be
+an awful big reward. Five hundred dollars! It would more than pay
+the mortgage on our place. Then that one hundred dollars for the
+lion--gracious alive!" gasped Fred, stopping short and looking around
+in dismay. "I wonder where that lion is. He's been loose twenty-four
+hours, and I should like to know how many people he has killed. I heard
+he was seen up among the hills this morning, and eat a whole family and
+a team of horses, but I think maybe there's some mistake about it.
+
+"I wonder why he didn't kill somebody yesterday when he had such a good
+chance. He jumped right down in front of me, and I just gave up, and
+wished I was a better boy before I should go and leave mother alone;
+but he didn't pay any attention to me, nor anybody else, but he's a
+terrible creature, for all that."
+
+Now that Fred's thoughts were turned toward the beast that was prowling
+somewhere in the neighborhood, he could think of nothing else. There
+was the fact that this peril was a present one, which drove all
+thoughts of Bud Heyland and the robbery from the mind of the boy.
+
+The rustling wind, the murmur of the woods, and the soft, hollow roar
+of the distant river were all suggestive of the dreaded lion, and Fred
+found himself walking on tip-toe and peering forward in the gloom,
+often stopping and looking behind and around, and fancying he caught an
+outline of the crouching beast.
+
+But at last he reached the short lane and began moving with a rapid and
+confident step. The moon was shining a little more brightly than when
+he went over the ground before, and here and there the rays found their
+way between the poplars and served to light the road in front.
+
+"I guess he is asleep in the woods and will keep out of sight till he's
+found----"
+
+The heart of Fred Sheldon rose in his throat, and, as he stopped short,
+it seemed that his hair rose on end.
+
+And well it might, for there, directly in the road before him, where
+the moon's rays shot through the branches, the unmistakable figure of
+the dreaded lion suddenly appeared.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+SEVERAL MISHAPS.
+
+
+On this same eventful evening, Archie Jackson, the constable of
+Tottenville, started from the residence of the Misses Perkinpine for
+his own house in the village.
+
+He had been out to make some inquiries of the ladies, for it will
+be remembered that he had two very important matters on hand--the
+detection of the robbers who had taken the property of the sisters and
+the leadership of the party who were to recapture the lion.
+
+At the close of the day, as he moved off toward the village, some time
+before the arrival of Fred Sheldon, he could not console himself with
+the knowledge that anything like real progress had been made in either
+case.
+
+"I've sent for that New York detective, Carter, to come down at once,
+and he ought to be here, but I haven't seen anything of him. Like
+enough he's off somewhere and won't be heard from for a week. I don't
+know as I care, for I begin to feel as though I can work out this
+nefarious proceeding myself.
+
+"Then the lion. Well, I can't say that I desire to go hunting for
+that sort of game, for I never studied their habits much, but as this
+cretur' doesn't seem to be very ferocious we ought to be able to run
+him in. I've organized the company, and Scrapton says he'll bring out
+his lasso and show two or three of us how to fling the thing, so we can
+all neck him at the same time.
+
+"If I can work up this matter and the other," continued the constable,
+who was "counting his chickens before they were hatched," "I shall make
+a nice little fee. I'm sure the lion will stay in the woods till he's
+pretty hungry. All the wild reports we've heard to-day have nothing
+in them. Nobody has seen him since he took to the forest yesterday
+afternoon, and what's more, nobody will----"
+
+And just then came the greatest shock of Archie Jackson's life.
+
+He was walking along the road toward Tottenville, and had reached a
+place where a row of trees overhung the path. He had taken a different
+route home from that pursued by Fred Sheldon, and was in quite a
+comfortable frame of mind, as the remarks quoted will show, when he
+gave a gasp of fright, for there, at the side of the path, he was sure
+he saw the lion himself sitting on his haunches and waiting for him to
+come within reach of his frightful claws and teeth.
+
+The constable did not observe him until he was within arm's length, as
+may be said, and then the poor fellow was transfixed. He stood a minute
+or so, doing nothing but breathe and staring at the monster.
+
+The lion seemed to comprehend that he was master of the situation, for
+he quietly remained sitting on his haunches, no doubt waiting for his
+victim to prepare for his inevitable fate.
+
+Finally, Archie began to experience something like a reaction, and he
+asked himself whether he was to perish thus miserably, or was there not
+some hope, no matter how desperate, for him.
+
+Of course he had no gun, but he generally carried a loaded revolver,
+for his profession often demanded the display of such a weapon; but to
+his dismay, when he softly reached his right hand back to his hip to
+draw it, he recalled that he had cleaned it that afternoon, and left it
+lying on his stand at home.
+
+The situation was enough to make one despair, and for an instant after
+the discovery the officer felt such a weakness in the knees that it
+was all he could do to keep from sinking to the ground in a perfect
+collapse; but he speedily rallied, and determined on one great effort
+for life.
+
+"I will strike him with my fist--that will knock him over--and then run
+for a tree."
+
+This was his resolve. Archie could deliver a powerful blow, and,
+believing the lion would not wait any longer, he drew back his clenched
+hand and aimed for the forehead directly between the eyes.
+
+He measured the distance correctly, but the instant the blow landed he
+felt he had made a mistake; it was not the runaway lion which he had
+struck, but the stump of an old tree.
+
+It is hardly necessary to say that the constable suffered more than did
+the stump, and for a minute or two he was sure he had fractured the
+bones of his hand, so great was the pain. He danced about on one foot,
+shaking the bruised member and bewailing the stupidity that led him to
+make such a grievous error.
+
+"That beats anything I ever knowed in all my life," he exclaimed, "and
+how glad I am that nobody else knows it; if the folks ever hear of it,
+they will plague me forever and----"
+
+"Halloo, Archie, what's the matter?"
+
+The cold chills ran down the officer's back as he heard this hail,
+and suppressing all expression of pain, he shoved his hands into his
+pockets and looked quickly around.
+
+In the dim moonlight he saw old man Scrapton and two neighbors, Vincent
+and Emery, fathers respectively of two playmates of Fred Sheldon.
+
+Each carried a coil of long, strong rope in his right hand and seemed
+to be considerably excited over something.
+
+"We're after the lion," said Mr. Scrapton; "have you seen him?"
+
+"No, I don't think he's anywhere around here."
+
+"I've had Vincent and Emery out in the meadow nearly all day,
+practicing throwing the lasso, and they've got the hang of it exactly.
+Emery can fling the noose over the horns of a cow a dozen yards away
+and never miss, while Vincent, by way of experiment, dropped the noose
+over the shoulders of his wife at a greater distance."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. Vincent, "but I don't regard that as much of a success.
+Mrs. Vincent objected, and before I could let go of my end of the
+lasso, she drawed me to her and--well, I'd prefer to talk of something
+else."
+
+The constable laughed and said:
+
+"It's a good thing to practice a little beforehand, when you are going
+into such a dangerous business as this."
+
+"I suppose that's the reason you've been hammering that white oak
+stump," suggested Mr. Scrapton, with a chuckle.
+
+Archie Jackson saw he was caught, and begged his friends to say nothing
+about it, as he had already suffered as much in spirit as body.
+
+"But do you expect to find the lion to-night?" he asked, with
+unaffected interest.
+
+"Yes, we know just where to look for him," said Mr. Scrapton; "he
+stayed in the woods all day, but just as the sun was setting I catched
+sight of him along the edge of the fence, and he isn't far from there
+this very minute."
+
+"Do you want me to go with you?"
+
+"Certainly."
+
+"But I have no weapon."
+
+"All the better; I made each leave his gun and pistols at home,
+for they'd be so scared at the first sight of the cretur' they'd
+fire before they knowed it and spoil everything. Like the boys at
+Ticonderoga, if their guns ain't loaded, they can't shoot 'em."
+
+"But I don't see what help I can give you, as I haven't got a rope; and
+even if I had, I wouldn't know how to use it."
+
+"Come along, any way; we'll feel safer if we have another with us."
+
+It cannot be said that the constable was very enthusiastic, for there
+was something in the idea of hunting the king of beasts without
+firearms which was as terrifying as it was grotesque.
+
+However, he could not refuse, and the four started down the road and
+across the field, in the direction of the large tract of forest in
+which it was known the lion had taken refuge when he broke from his
+cage the day before.
+
+A walk of something like a third of a mile took the party to the edge
+of the wood, where they stopped and held a consultation in whispers.
+
+None of them were so brave as they seemed a short time before, and all
+secretly wished they were safe at home.
+
+"I don't see how you can expect to find him by hunting in the night
+time, when you have made no preparation," said Archie Jackson, strongly
+impressed with the absurdity of the whole business.
+
+"But I have made preparation," answered Scrapton, in the same guarded
+undertone.
+
+"How?"
+
+"I killed a pig and threw him over the fence yonder by that pile of
+rocks--good heavens!"
+
+At the moment of pointing his finger to indicate the spot, all heard a
+low cavernous growl, which sent a shiver of affright from head to foot.
+
+They were about to break into a run, when the constable said:
+
+"If you start, he will be after us; let's stand our ground."
+
+"Certainly," assented Mr. Vincent, through his chattering teeth.
+
+"Certainly, certainly," added his neighbor, in the same quaking voice.
+
+Toning down their extreme terror as best they could, the four
+frightened friends strained their eyes to catch a sight of the animal.
+
+"He's there," said Scrapton, fingering his lasso in a way which showed
+he was very eager to hurl it.
+
+"Where?"
+
+"Right behind the fence; I see him; he's crouching down and eating the
+carcass of the pig."
+
+"When he gets through with that he will come for us."
+
+"Like enough--but that will be all right," said the old gentleman, who
+really showed more self-possession than any of the others; "for it will
+give us just the chance we want."
+
+"How so?"
+
+"When he comes over the fence we'll sort of scatter and throw our
+lassoes together; then each will pull with all his might and main."
+
+"But," said Mr. Vincent, "s'posing we pull his head off, we won't get
+any of the reward."
+
+"We can't pull hard enough to do that, but if we hold on we'll keep him
+fast, so he can't move any way at all, and bime-by he'll get so tired
+that he'll give up, and we'll have him, certain sure."
+
+"That is, if he don't happen to have us," said Mr. Jackson. "As I
+haven't got any rope, s'pose I climb over the fence and scare him up
+so he will come toward you."
+
+The idea seemed to be a good one, as the others looked at it, but when
+the constable moved off to carry out his proposition they thought he
+was making altogether too extended a circuit, and that it would be a
+long while before he would succeed in his undertaking.
+
+Archie finally vanished in the gloom, and climbing over the fence into
+the woods moved a short distance toward the spot where the animal lay,
+when he paused.
+
+"The man who goes to hunt a wild lion with nothing but a jack-knife
+with both blades broke out is a natural-born idiot, which his name
+isn't Archie Jackson. I've business elsewhere."
+
+And thereupon he deliberately turned about and started homeward by a
+circuitous route.
+
+Meanwhile old Mr. Scrapton and Vincent and Emery stood trembling and
+waiting for the appearance of the lion, which, judging from the sounds
+that reached their ears, was busy crunching the bones of the young
+porker that had been slain for his special benefit.
+
+They didn't know whether to stay where they were or to break into a
+run. The danger seemed great, but the reward was so tempting that they
+held their ground.
+
+"He may start to run away," weakly suggested Mr. Vincent.
+
+"I don't think so, now that he's tasted blood, but if he does," said
+the leader of the party, "we must foller."
+
+"But he can run faster than we----"
+
+"There he comes!"
+
+In the darkness they saw the faintly-outlined figure of an animal
+clambering over the fence, with growls and mutterings, and hardly
+conscious of what they were doing, the three men immediately separated
+several yards from each other and nervously clutched their ropes, ready
+to fling them the instant the opportunity presented itself.
+
+"There he comes!" called out Mr. Scrapton again; "throw your lassoes!"
+
+At the same instant the three coils of rope whizzed through the air as
+a dark figure was seen moving in a direction which promised to bring
+him to a point equidistant from all.
+
+Mr. Vincent was too enthusiastic in throwing his noose, for it went
+beyond the animal and settled around the neck of the astonished Mr.
+Emery, who thought the lion had caught him in his embrace, thrown as he
+was off his feet and pulled fiercely over the ground by the thrower.
+
+Mr. Emery missed his mark altogether, although Mr. Scrapton had to
+dodge his head to escape the encircling coil.
+
+The old gentleman would have lassoed the animal had he not discovered
+at the very instant the noose left his hand that it was his own
+mastiff, Towser, that they were seeking to capture instead of a runaway
+lion.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+A BRAVE ACT.
+
+
+Meanwhile Fred Sheldon had become involved in anything but a pleasant
+experience.
+
+There might be mistakes ludicrous and otherwise in the case of others,
+but when he saw the animal in the lane before him, as revealed by the
+rays of the moon, there was no error.
+
+It was the identical lion that had escaped from the menagerie the day
+previous, and the beast must have noted the presence of the terrified
+lad, who stopped such a short distance from him.
+
+Master Fred was so transfixed that he did not stir for a few seconds,
+and then it seemed to him that the best thing he could do was to turn
+about and run, and yell with might and main, just as he did some weeks
+before when he stepped into a yellow-jackets' nest.
+
+It is hard to understand how the yelling helps a boy when caught in
+such a dilemma, but we know from experience that it is easier to
+screech at the top of one's voice, as you strike at the insects that
+settle about your head, than it is to concentrate all your powers in
+the single act of running.
+
+Almost unconsciously, Fred began stepping backward, keeping his gaze
+fixed upon the lion as he did so. If the latter was aware of the
+stratagem, which is sometimes used with advantage by the African
+hunter, he did not immediately seek to thwart it, but continued facing
+him, and occasionally swaying his tail, accompanied by low, thunderous
+growls.
+
+The boys of the school had learned a great deal of natural history
+within the last day or two, and Fred had read about the king of beasts.
+He knew that a lion could crouch on his belly, and, with one prodigious
+bound, pass over the intervening space.
+
+The lad was afraid the one before him meant to act according to the
+instincts of his nature, and he retreated more rapidly, until all
+at once he whirled about and ran for dear life, directly toward the
+highway.
+
+He did not shout, though, if he had seen any other person, he would
+have called for help; but, when he reached the road, he cast a glance
+over his shoulder, expecting to feel the horrible claws at the same
+instant.
+
+The lion was invisible. Fred could scarcely believe his eyes; but such
+was the fact.
+
+"I don't understand him," was the conclusion of the boy, who kept
+moving further away, scarcely daring to believe in his own escape even
+for a few brief minutes.
+
+Fred had been too thoroughly scared to wish to meet the lion again, but
+he wanted to get back to the house that the Misses Perkinpine could be
+told of the new danger which threatened them.
+
+"I think they'll be more likely to believe me than night before last,"
+said the lad to himself.
+
+But nothing could tempt him to venture along the lane again after such
+an experience.
+
+It was easy enough to reach the house by a long detour, but the half
+belief that the lion was lurking in the vicinity made the effort
+anything but assuring.
+
+However, Fred Sheldon thought it his duty to let his good friends know
+the new peril to which they were subject, in the event of venturing out
+of doors.
+
+So slow and stealthy was his next approach to the building that nearly
+an hour passed before he found himself in the small yard surrounding
+the house; but, when once there, he hastened to the front door and gave
+such a resounding knock with the old-fashioned brass knocker that it
+could have been heard a long distance away, on the still summer night.
+
+It seemed a good while to Fred before the bolt was withdrawn, and Aunt
+Annie appeared in her cap and spectacles.
+
+"Oh, it's you, Fred, is it?" she exclaimed with pleasure, when she
+recognized the young man who was so welcome at all times. "You are so
+late that we had given you up, and were going to retire."
+
+"I started early enough, but it seems to me as if every sort of awful
+thing is after us," replied Fred, as he hastily followed the lady into
+the dining-room, where the sisters began preparing the meal for which
+the visitor, like all urchins of his age, was ready at any time.
+
+"What's the matter now, Freddy?" asked Aunt Lizzie.
+
+"Why, you had a tramp after you night before last, and now you've got a
+big, roaring lion."
+
+"A what?" asked the two in amazement, for they had not heard a syllable
+of the exciting incident of the day before.
+
+"Why, there's a lion that broke out of the menagerie yesterday, and
+they haven't been able to catch him yet."
+
+"Land sakes alive!" gasped Aunt Annie, sinking into a chair and raising
+her hands, "what is the world coming to?"
+
+Aunt Lizzie sat down more deliberately, but her pale face and amazed
+look showed she was no less agitated.
+
+Fred helped himself to some more of the luscious shortcake and golden
+butter and preserves, and feeling the importance of his position
+told the story with which our readers are familiar, though it must
+be confessed the lad exaggerated somewhat, as perhaps was slightly
+excusable under the circumstances.
+
+Still it was not right for him to describe the lion as of the size of
+an ordinary elephant, unless he referred to the baby elephant, which
+had never been seen in this country at that time.
+
+Nor should he have pictured his run down the lane, with the beast
+behind him all the way, snapping at his head, while Fred only saved
+himself by his dexterity in dodging him.
+
+There was scarcely any excuse for such hyperbole, though the narrative
+was implicitly believed by the ladies, who felt they were in greater
+danger than if a score of burglarious tramps were planning to rob them.
+
+"They've offered one hundred dollars to any one who catches the lion
+without hurting him," added Fred, as well as he could speak with his
+mouth filled with spongy gingerbread.
+
+"A hundred dollars!" exclaimed Aunt Lizzie; "why, he'll kill anybody
+who goes near him. If I were a man I wouldn't try to capture him for a
+million dollars."
+
+"I'm going to try to catch him," said Fred, in his off-hand fashion, as
+though it was a small matter, and then, swallowing enough of the sweet
+food to allow him to speak more plainly, he added:
+
+"Lions ain't of much account when you get used to 'em; I'm beginning to
+feel as though I'm going to make that hundred dollars."
+
+But the good ladies could not accept this statement as an earnest
+one, and they chided their youthful visitor for talking so at random.
+Fred thought it best not to insist, and finished his meal without any
+further declarations of what he intended to do.
+
+"They've left two persons behind to look after the lion," he said; "one
+is named Kincade and the other is Bud Heyland, you know him--the son of
+Michael, your hired man."
+
+"Yes; he called here to-day."
+
+"He did. What for?"
+
+"Oh, nothing in particular; he said he heard we had had our silverware
+stolen, and he wanted to tell us how sorry he felt and to ask whether
+we had any suspicion of who took it."
+
+"He did, eh?" said Fred, half to himself, with a belief that he
+understood the real cause of that call.
+
+"I think Bud is getting to be a much better boy than he used to be,"
+added Aunt Annie; "he was real sorry for us, and talked real nice. He
+said he expected to be at home for two or three days, though he didn't
+tell us what for, and he would drop in to see us."
+
+Master Sheldon made no answer to this, but he "had his thoughts," and
+he kept them to himself.
+
+The hour was quite advanced, for the days were long, so that the
+fastenings of the house were looked to with great care, and Fred went
+to the same room he had occupied two nights before, the one immediately
+preceding having been spent at home, as he partly expected the return
+of his mother.
+
+After saying his prayers and extinguishing the light, he walked to the
+rear window and looked out on the solemn scene.
+
+Everything was still, but he had stood thus only for a minute or
+two, when in the quiet, he detected a peculiar sound, which puzzled
+him at first; but as he listened, he learned that it came from the
+smoke-house, a small structure near the wood-house.
+
+Like the residence, it was built of old-fashioned Holland brick, and
+was as strong as a modern prison cell.
+
+"Somebody is in there stealing meat," was the conclusion of Fred; "I
+wonder who it can be."
+
+He listened a moment longer, and then heard the same kind of growl he
+had noticed the day before when standing in front of the lion's cage.
+
+Beyond a doubt the king of beasts was helping himself to such food as
+suited him.
+
+In a twinkling Fred Sheldon hurried softly down stairs, cautiously
+opened the kitchen door, and looked out and listened.
+
+Yes, he was in there; he could hear him growling and crunching bones,
+and evidently enjoying the greatest feast of his life.
+
+"Now, if he don't hear me coming, I'll have him sure," Fred said to
+himself, as he began stealing toward the door through which the lion
+had passed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+A REWARD WELL EARNED.
+
+
+The smoke-house attached to the Perkinpine mansion, as we have already
+said, was made of bricks, and was a strong, massive structure. Although
+originally used for a building in which meat was cured, it had been
+adapted to the purposes of a milk store-house. A stream of water ran
+through one side and the milk and fresh meats were kept there so long
+as it was possible during the summer weather.
+
+A supply of mutton and lamb had been placed in it the evening before
+by Michael, the hired man, a portion for the use of the ladies and a
+portion for himself, when he should come to take it away in the morning.
+
+There had never been an ice-house on the property, that luxury having
+been much less known a half a century ago than it is to-day.
+
+The lion, in snuffing around the premises, had scented this store-house
+of meat, and was feasting himself upon it when detected by Fred
+Sheldon, who, with very little hesitation, covered the couple of rods
+necessary to reach it.
+
+It is difficult to comprehend the trying nature of such a venture,
+but the reward was a gigantic one in the eyes of Fred, who was very
+hopeful also of the chance being favorable for capturing the animal.
+
+Having started he did not dare to turn back, but hastened forward on
+tip-toe, and with a firm hand caught the latch of the door. The instant
+he did so the latter was closed and fastened.
+
+He expected the lion would make a plunge against it, and break out.
+Having done all he could to secure him, Fred scurried back through the
+kitchen door, which he nervously closed after him, and then scampered
+in such haste to his room that he feared he had awakened the two ladies
+in the other part of the house.
+
+Hurrying to the window, the lad looked anxiously out and down upon the
+smoke-house as it was called.
+
+To his delight he saw nothing different in its appearance from what it
+was when he left it a few moments before.
+
+It followed, therefore, that the lion was within, as indeed was proven
+by the sounds which reached the ears of the listening lad.
+
+But was the little structure strong enough to hold him? When he broke
+through his own cage with such ease, would he find any difficulty in
+making his way out of this place?
+
+These were the questions our hero asked himself, and which he could not
+answer as he wished.
+
+While the walls of the little building were strong and secure, yet the
+door was an ordinary one of wood, fastened by a common iron latch and
+catch, supplemented by a padlock whenever Michael Heyland chose to
+take the trouble; but the door was as secure against the animal within
+with the simple latch in place as it was with the addition of the
+lock, for it was not to be expected that he would attempt to force his
+way out in any manner other than by flinging himself against the door
+itself whenever he should become tired of his restraint.
+
+After a while all became still within the smoke-house, and it must have
+been that the unconscious captive, having gorged himself, had lain down
+for a good sleep.
+
+Fred Sheldon was all excitement and hope, for he felt that if the
+creature could be kept well supplied with food, he was likely to remain
+content with his quarters for a considerable time.
+
+Tired and worn out, the boy finally lay down on his bed and slept till
+morning. The moment his eyes were open, he arose and looked out. The
+smoke-house showed no signs of disturbance, the door remaining latched
+as it was the night before.
+
+"He's there yet," exclaimed the delighted boy, hurriedly donning his
+clothes and going down the stairs in three jumps.
+
+He was right in his guess, for when he cautiously peeped through the
+slats of the window he saw the monster stretched out upon the floor in
+a sound slumber.
+
+When Fred told the Misses Perkinpine that the lion was fastened in the
+smoke-house their alarm passed all bounds. They instantly withdrew
+to the uppermost room, where they declared they would stay until the
+neighbors should come and kill the creature.
+
+Fred tried to persuade them out of their fears, but it was useless,
+and gathering what meat he could in the house he shoved it through the
+small window, and then hurried off toward Tottenville.
+
+"The lion has got plenty of food, and there is the little stream of
+water running through the smoke-house, so he ought to be content to
+stay there for the day."
+
+Jacob Kincade sat on the porch of the Tottenville Hotel, smoking a
+cigar and talking with a number of the villagers, who were gathered
+around him. Bud Heyland stayed with his folks up the road, and he had
+not come down to the village yet.
+
+The talk, as a matter of course was about the lion, which was believed
+to be ranging through the country, and playing havoc with the live
+stock of the farmers.
+
+Among the listeners were several boys, with open mouths and eyes, and
+when Fred joined them no one paid any attention to him.
+
+"As I was saying," observed Mr. Kincade, flinging one of his legs over
+the other, and flirting the ashes from his cigar, "the lion is one of
+the most valuable in the country. He has a wonderful history, having
+killed a number of people before he was captured in Africa. Colonel
+Bandman has been offered a large price for him, which explains why he
+is so anxious to secure him unhurt."
+
+"What is the reward?" asked one of the bystanders.
+
+"It was originally a hundred dollars, but I've just received a letter
+from Colonel Bandman, in which he instructs me to make the reward two
+hundred, provided the animal is not injured at all."
+
+"What does that offer imply?" asked another of the deeply interested
+group.
+
+"The only feasible plan, in my judgment, is to construct a large cage
+and to lure the lion into that. I have a couple of carpenters hard
+at work, but the trouble is the animal has such a good chance now of
+getting all the meat he wants that it will be difficult to get him
+inside of anything that looks like a cage."
+
+"If he could be got into a place where he could be held secure
+until you brought up his own cage, that would be all you would
+ask?" continued the speaker, who evidently was forming some plan of
+operations in his own mind.
+
+"That is all, sir."
+
+"_I've got your lion for you!_"
+
+This rather weighty assertion was made by Fred Sheldon, from his
+position in the group. An instant hush fell upon all, who looked
+wonderingly at the lad, as if uncertain whether they had heard aright.
+
+Before any comment was made our hero, somewhat flushed in the face, as
+he summoned up his courage, added:
+
+"I've got the lion fast, and if you will go with me I will show you
+where he is."
+
+Mr. Kincade laughed, as did one or two others. Taking a puff or two of
+his cigar, the showman added:
+
+"Run home, sonny, and don't bother us any more."
+
+But in that little party were a number who knew Fred Sheldon to be
+an honest and truthful boy. They made inquiries of him, and when his
+straightforward answers had been given they told the showman he could
+rely on what had been said.
+
+Mr. Kincade thereupon instantly made preparations, the group swelling
+to large proportions, as the news spread that the wild beast had been
+captured.
+
+The cage of the lion, which had been strongly repaired, was driven to
+the front of the hotel; Jake Kincade mounted, took the lines in hand
+and started toward the home of the Misses Perkinpine, the villagers
+following close beside and after him.
+
+Just as they turned into the short lane leading to the place, whom
+should they meet but Bud Heyland in a state of great excitement.
+
+He was seen running and cracking his whip over his head, and
+shouting----
+
+"I've got him! I've got him! I've got the lion!"
+
+The wagon and company halted for him to explain.
+
+"I've got him up here in the old maids' smoke-house. I put some meat in
+there last night, for I seen tracks that showed me he had been prowling
+around, and this morning when me and the old man went over to look
+there he was! I'll take that reward, Jacob, if you please."
+
+And the boy grinned and ejected a mouthful of tobacco juice, while the
+others turned inquiringly toward Fred Sheldon, whose cheeks burned with
+indignation.
+
+"He tells a falsehood," said Fred. "He never knew a thing about it till
+this morning."
+
+"I didn't, eh?" shouted Bud. "I'll show you!"
+
+Thereupon he raised his whip, but Mr. Emery stepped in front and said,
+calmly:
+
+"Bud, it won't be well for you to strike that boy."
+
+"Well, I don't want anybody telling me I don't tell the truth, for I'm
+square in everything I do, and I won't be insulted."
+
+Mr. Kincade was on the point of taking the word of Bud Heyland that the
+reward had been earned by him, when he saw from the disposition of the
+crowd that it would not permit any such injustice as that.
+
+"If you've got the animal secure I'm satisfied," called out the showman
+from his seat, as he assumed an easy, lolling attitude. "You two chaps
+and the crowd can settle the question of who's entitled to the reward
+between you, and I only ask that you don't be too long about it, for
+the critter may get hungry and eat his way out."
+
+Mr. Emery, at the suggestion of several, took charge of the
+investigation.
+
+Turning to Fred he said: "The people here have heard your story, and
+Bud can now tell his."
+
+"Why, I hain't got much to tell," said the big boy, in his swaggering
+manner. "As I said awhile ago, I seen signs around the place last night
+which showed the lion was sneaking about the premises. He likes to eat
+good little boys, and I s'pose he was looking for Freddy there," said
+young Heyland, with a grinning leer at our hero, which brought a smile
+to several faces.
+
+"So I didn't say anything to the old man but just flung a lot of meat
+in the smoke-house and went home to sleep. This morning the old man
+awoke afore I did, which ain't often the case, and going over to his
+work found the trap had been sprung and the game was there.
+
+"The old man (Bud seemed to be proud of calling his father by that
+disrespectful name) came running home and pitched through the door as
+white as a ghost, and it was a minute or two before he could tell his
+story. When he had let it out and the old woman begun to shiver, why
+I laughed, and told 'em how I'd set the trap and earned the reward.
+With that the old man cooled down, and I got him back with me to
+look at the beast, which is still asleep, and then I started to tell
+you about it, Jake, when I meets this crowd and hears with pain and
+surprise the awful whopper this good little boy tells. I believe he
+slept in the house there last night, and when he woke up and went out
+in the smoke-house to steal a drink of milk and seen the lion, he was
+so scared that he nearly broke his neck running down to the village to
+tell about it."
+
+This fiction was told so well that several looked at Fred to see what
+he had to say.
+
+The lad, still flushed in the face, stepped forward and said:
+
+"I'd like to ask Bud a question or two."
+
+As he spoke, Fred addressed Mr. Emery, and then turned toward the
+grinning bully, who said:
+
+"Go ahead with all you're a mind to."
+
+"You say you put the meat in there on purpose to catch the lion last
+night?"
+
+"That's just what I done, Freddy, my boy."
+
+"Where did you get the meat?"
+
+"At home of the old woman."
+
+"After you put it in the smoke-house, you didn't go back until this
+morning?"
+
+"No, sir; my little Sunday school lad."
+
+"Who, then, shut and fastened the door, after the lion walked in the
+smoke-house to eat the meat?"
+
+Bud Heyland's face flushed still redder, and he coughed, swallowed and
+stuttered----
+
+"Who shut the door? Why--that is--yes--why what's the use of asking
+such infarnal questions?" demanded Bud in desperation, as the listeners
+broke into laughter.
+
+Mr. Emery quietly turned to Kincade, who was leaning back on his
+elevated seat and said:
+
+"The reward of two hundred dollars belongs to Master Fred here," and
+the decision was received with shouts of approbation.
+
+Bud Heyland's eyes flashed with indignation, and he muttered to
+himself; but, in the face of such a number, he dared not protest, and
+he followed them as they pushed on toward the little structure where
+the escaped beast was restrained of his liberty.
+
+A reconnoissance showed that he was still there, and the arrangements
+for his transfer were speedily made and carried out with much less
+difficulty than would have been supposed.
+
+The cage was placed in front of the door of the smoke-house,
+communication being opened, after an inclined plane was so arranged
+that the beast could not walk out without going directly into his old
+quarters.
+
+Several pounds of raw, bleeding meat were placed in the cage, and then
+the animal was stirred up with a long pole.
+
+He growled several times, got on his feet, looked about as if a little
+confused, and then seemed to be pleased at the familiar sight of his
+old home, for he walked deliberately up the inclined plane into the
+cage, and lay down as if to complete his nap, so rudely broken a few
+minutes before. The door was quickly closed and fastened, and the
+escaped lion was recaptured!
+
+When all saw how easily it was done, and recalled the fact that the
+king of beasts, so far as was known, had injured no person at all,
+there was a great deal of inquiry for the explanation.
+
+Why was it that, with such opportunities for destroying human life, he
+had failed to rend any one to fragments?
+
+Jacob Kincade, after some laughter, stated that the lion, although once
+an animal of tiger-like ferocity and strength, was now so old that he
+was comparatively harmless. His teeth were poor, as was shown by the
+little progress he had made with the bony meat in the smoke-house. If
+driven into a corner he might make a fight, but if he had been loose
+for a month it was hardly likely he would have killed anybody.
+
+The blow which he received in the eye from Bud Heyland's whip incited
+him to fury for the moment, but by the time he got fairly outside he
+was comparatively harmless, and the hurried climbing of the center-pole
+by Bud Heyland was altogether a piece of superfluity.
+
+As Fred Sheldon had fairly earned the two hundred dollars, he was told
+to call at the hotel in Tottenville that afternoon and it would be paid
+him.
+
+It is not necessary to say that he was there punctually, for the sum
+was a fortune in his eyes.
+
+As he came to the porch a number of loungers were there as usual, and
+Fred found himself quite a hero among his playmates and fellows.
+
+Not only was Jake Kincade present, with his cigar alternately between
+his finger and lips, but Bud Heyland and a stranger were sitting on the
+bench which ran along the porch, their legs crossed, one smoking his
+briar-wood and the other a cigar.
+
+Despite Fred's agitation over his own prospects, he could not help
+noticing this stranger whom, he believed, he had never seen before.
+
+His dress and appearance were much like those of a cattle drover. He
+wore a large, gray sombrero, a blue flannel shirt, had no suspenders,
+coarse corduroy trousers, though the weather was warm, with the legs
+tucked in the tops of his huge cowhide boots, the front of which
+reached far above his knees, like those of a cavalryman.
+
+He had frowsy, abundant hair, a smoothly-shaven face--that is, the
+stubby beard was no more than two or three days old--and he seemed to
+be between twenty-five and thirty years of age.
+
+Looking at his rather regular features, it would be hard to tell
+whether he was a good or evil man, but it was very evident that he and
+Bud Heyland had struck up a strong intimacy, which was growing.
+
+They sat close together, chatted and laughed, and indulged in jokes at
+the expense of those around them, careless alike of the feelings that
+were hurt or the resentment engendered.
+
+As Fred approached he saw Bud turn his head and speak to the stranger,
+who instantly centered his gaze on the boy, so there could be no doubt
+that his attention was called to him.
+
+Fred was moving rather timidly toward Kincade, when the stranger raised
+his hand and crooked his finger toward him. Wondering what he could
+want, Fred Sheldon diverged toward him and took off his hat.
+
+"I wouldn't stand bareheaded, Freddy, dear," said Bud, with his old
+grin; "you might catch cold in your brains."
+
+Neither of the others noticed this course remark, and the stranger,
+scrutinizing the boy with great interest, said:
+
+"What is your name, please?"
+
+"Frederick Sheldon."
+
+"And you are the boy who locked the lion in the smoke-house last night
+when you heard the poor fellow trying to use his aged teeth on some
+bones?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"Well, you deserve credit; for you thought, like everybody else, that
+he was as fierce as he was a dozen years ago. Well, all I want to
+say, Fred, is that I'm Cyrus Sutton, stopping here at the hotel, and
+I'm somewhat interested in cattle. Bud, here, doesn't feel very well,
+and he's got leave of absence for two or three days and is going to
+stay at home. Bud and I are strong friends, and I've formed a rather
+good opinion of you and I congratulate you on having earned such a
+respectable pile of money. Mr. Kincade is ready and glad to pay you."
+
+Squire Jones, a plain, honest, old man, who had been justice of the
+peace for fully two score years, went into the inner room with Fred
+Sheldon and Jacob Kincade to see that everything was in proper shape;
+for as the boy was a minor his rights needed careful protection.
+
+All was done deliberately and carefully, and the entire amount of
+money, in good, crisp greenbacks, was placed in the trembling hands of
+Fred Sheldon, who felt just then as though he would buy up the entire
+village of Tottenville, and present it to his poor friends.
+
+"Come over to my office with me," said the squire, when the transaction
+was finished.
+
+The lad willingly walked across the street and into the dingy quarters
+of the old man, who closed the door and said:
+
+"I am real glad, Frederick, that you have earned such a sum of money,
+for your mother needs it, and I know you to be a truthful and honest
+boy; but let me ask you what you mean to do with it?"
+
+"Save it."
+
+"I know, but how and where? It will not be safe in your house nor at
+the Misses Perkinpines', as the events of the other night prove. It
+ought to be placed somewhere where it will be safe."
+
+"Tell me where to put it."
+
+"There is the Lynton Bank ten miles away, but you couldn't drive there
+before it would be closed. I have a good, strong, burglar-proof safe,
+in which I have many valuable papers. If you wish it, I will seal the
+money in a large envelope, write your name on the back and lock it up
+for you. Then, whenever you want it, I will turn it over to you."
+
+Fred replied that he would be glad to have him do as proposed, and
+the old squire, with solemn deliberation, went through the ceremony
+of placing the two hundred dollars safely among his other papers and
+swinging the ponderous safe-door upon them.
+
+Fred would have liked to keep the money to look at and admire and show
+to his playmates, but he saw how much wiser the course of the squire
+was, and it was a great relief to the boy to have the custody of such
+riches in other hands.
+
+When he came out on the street again he looked across to the hotel and
+noticed that Bud Heyland and Cyrus Sutton were no longer visible. He
+supposed they were inside visiting the bar, and without giving them
+any further thought, Fred started for his home to complete his chores
+before going over to stay with the Misses Perkinpine.
+
+After reaching a certain point up the road a short cut was almost
+always used by Fred, who followed quite a well-beaten path through a
+long stretch of woods.
+
+The boy was in high spirits, for he could not feel otherwise after the
+wonderful success which had attended his efforts to capture the astray
+lion.
+
+"If I could only get on the track of the men that stole the silverware
+and money, why, I would retire wealthy," he said to himself, with a
+smile; "but I don't see where there is much chance----"
+
+"Halloo, there, Freddy dear!"
+
+It was Bud Heyland who hailed the startled youngster in this fashion,
+and when our hero stopped and looked up, he saw the bully standing
+before him, whip in hand and waiting for him to approach.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+A BUSINESS TRANSACTION.
+
+
+When Fred Sheldon saw Bud Heyland standing before him in the path, his
+impulse was to whirl about and run, for he knew too well what to expect
+from the bully; but the latter, reading his thoughts called out:
+
+"Hold on, Freddy, I won't hurt you, though you deserve a good
+horsewhipping on account of the mean way you cheated me out of the
+reward for capturing the lion; but I have a little business with you."
+
+Wondering what all this could mean Fred stood still while the red-faced
+young man approached, though our hero wished as fervently that he was
+somewhere else as he did when he found himself face to face with the
+lion in the lane.
+
+"Jake sent me," added Bud in his most persuasive manner, and with
+a strong effort to win the confidence of the boy, who was somewhat
+reassured by the last words.
+
+"What does Mr. Kincade want?" asked Fred.
+
+"Why, he told me to hurry after you and say that he had made a mistake
+in paying you that money."
+
+"I guess he didn't make any mistake," replied the surprised boy.
+
+"Yes, he did; it's twenty dollars short."
+
+"No, it isn't, for Squire Jones and I counted it over twice."
+
+"That don't make any difference; I tell you there was a mistake and he
+sent me to correct it."
+
+"Why didn't you come over to Squire Jones' office, then, and fix it?"
+
+"I didn't know you was there."
+
+Fred knew this was untrue, for Bud sat on the porch and watched him as
+he walked across the street with the squire.
+
+"Well, if you are so sure of it, then you can give me the twenty
+dollars and it will be all right."
+
+"I want you to take out the money and count it here before me."
+
+"I sha'n't do it."
+
+"I guess you will; you've got to."
+
+"But I can't."
+
+"What's the reason you can't?"
+
+"I haven't got the money with me."
+
+"You haven't!" exclaimed Bud, in dismay. "Where is it?"
+
+"Locked up in Squire Jones' safe."
+
+The bully was thunderstruck, and gave expression to some exclamations
+too forcible to be recorded.
+
+It was evident that he was unprepared for such news, and he seemed to
+be eager to apply his cruel whip to the little fellow toward whom he
+felt such unreasonable hatred.
+
+"I've got a settlement to make with you, any way," he said, advancing
+threateningly toward him.
+
+"What have I done," asked Fred, backing away from him, "that you should
+take every chance you can get, Bud, to hurt me?"
+
+"What have you done?" repeated the bully, "you've done a good deal, as
+you know well enough."
+
+But at this juncture, when poor Fred thought there was no escape for
+him, Bud Heyland, very curiously, changed his mind.
+
+"I'll let you off this time," said he, "but it won't do for you to try
+any more of your tricks. When I come to think, it was ten dollars that
+the money was short. Here is a twenty-dollar bill. I want you to get it
+changed and give me the ten dollars to-morrow."
+
+Fred Sheldon was bewildered by this unexpected turn to the interview,
+but he took the bill mechanically, and promised to do as he was told.
+
+"There's another thing I want to say to you," added Bud, stopping as
+he was on the point of moving away: "You must not answer any questions
+that may be asked you about the bill."
+
+The wondering expression of the lad showed that he failed to take in
+the full meaning of this warning, and Bud added, impatiently.
+
+"Don't tell anybody I gave it to you. Say you found it in the road if
+they want to know where you got it; that's all. Do you understand?"
+
+Fred began to comprehend, and he resolved on the instant that he would
+not tell a falsehood to save himself from a score of whippings at the
+hands of this evil boy, who would not have given the caution had he not
+possessed good reasons for doing so.
+
+Bud Heyland repeated the last warning, word for word, as first uttered,
+and then, striding by the affrighted Fred, continued in the direction
+of Tottenville, while the younger boy was glad enough to go homeward.
+
+The sun had not set yet when he reached the house where he was born,
+and he hurried through with his work and set out for the old brick
+dwelling, which had been the scene of so many stirring incidents within
+the last few days.
+
+He was anxious to see his mother, who had been away several days. He
+felt that she ought to know of his great good fortune, that she might
+rejoice with him.
+
+"If she doesn't get there by to-morrow or next day I'll have to go
+after her," he said to himself, "for I'll burst if I have to hold this
+news much longer. And won't she be glad? It's hard work for us to get
+along on our pension, and I can see she has to deny herself a good many
+things so that I can go to school. I thought I would be happy when I
+got the money, and so I am, but it is more on her account than on my
+own--halloo!"
+
+It seemed as if the lane leading to the old brick mansion was destined
+to play a very important part in the history of the lad, for he had
+reached the very spot where he met the lion the night before, when a
+man suddenly stepped out from behind one of the trees and stood for
+a moment, with the setting sun shining full on his back, his figure
+looking as if it were stamped in ink against the flaming horizon beyond.
+
+As Fred stared at him, he held up his right hand and crooked his
+finger for him to approach, just as he did when sitting on the porch of
+the village hotel, for it was Cyrus Sutton.
+
+The boy was not pleased, by any means, to meet him in such a place, for
+he had felt suspicious of him ever since he saw him sitting in such
+familiar converse with Bud Heyland and Jacob Kincade.
+
+Nevertheless, our hero walked boldly toward him, and with a faint
+"Good-evening, sir," waited to hear what he had to say.
+
+"Your name is Frederick Sheldon, I believe?"
+
+Fred nodded to signify that he was correct in his surmise.
+
+"You met Bud Heyland in the woods over yonder, didn't you?"
+
+"Yes, sir; how could you know it?"
+
+"I saw him going in that direction, and I saw you come out the path;
+what more natural than that I should conclude you had met? He gave you
+a twenty-dollar bill to get changed, didn't he?"
+
+"He did, sir," was the answer of the amazed boy, who wondered how it
+was this person could have learned so much, unless he got the news from
+Bud Heyland himself.
+
+"Let me see the money."
+
+Fred did not like this peremptory way of being addressed by a person
+whom he had never seen until that afternoon, but he drew the bill from
+his pocket.
+
+As he did so he brought several other articles with it, among them his
+new knife, which dropped to the ground. He quickly picked them up, and
+shoved them hurriedly out of sight.
+
+Mr. Sutton did not seem to notice this trifling mishap, but his eyes
+were bent on the crumpled bill which was handed to him.
+
+As soon as he got it in his hands he turned his back toward the setting
+sun, and placing himself in the line of some of the horizontal rays
+which found their way between the trees he carefully studied the paper.
+
+He stood full a minute without moving, and then merely said, "Ahem!" as
+though he were clearing his throat. Then he carefully doubled up the
+piece of national currency, and opening his pocket-book placed it in it.
+
+"Are you going to keep that?" asked Fred. "It isn't yours."
+
+"He wanted you to get it changed, didn't he?"
+
+"Yes, sir; but he didn't want me to give it away."
+
+"Of course not, of course not; excuse me, but I only wanted to change
+the bill for you. Here you are."
+
+Thereupon he handed four five-dollar bills to Fred, who accepted them
+gladly enough, though still wondering at the peculiar actions of the
+man.
+
+"One word," he added. "Bud told you not to answer any questions when
+you got the bill changed. I haven't asked you any, but he will have
+some to ask himself, which he will be very anxious you should answer.
+Take my advice, and don't let him know a single thing."
+
+"I won't," said Fred, giving his promise before he thought.
+
+"Very well, don't forget it; he will be on the lookout for you
+to-morrow, and when you see him, hand him his ten dollars and keep the
+rest for yourself, and then end the interview. Good evening, my son."
+
+"Good evening," and Fred was moving on, when Mr. Cyrus Sutton said:
+
+"Hold on a minute," at the same time crooking his forefinger in a way
+peculiar to himself; "I understand you were in the house there the
+other night, when it was robbed by a tramp."
+
+"I was, sir; the whole village knows that."
+
+"You were lucky enough to get away while it was going on, though you
+were deceived by the man whom you met here in the lane."
+
+The lad assured him he was correct, as he seemed to be in every
+supposition which he made.
+
+"Do you think you would know either of those men if you met them again?"
+
+The question was a startling one, not from the words themselves, but
+from the peculiar manner in which it was asked.
+
+Cyrus Sutton bent forward, thrusting his face almost in that of the boy
+and dropping his voice to a deep guttural bass as he fixed his eyes on
+those of Fred.
+
+The latter looked up and said:
+
+"The voice of the man I met in the lane sounded just like yours. Are
+you the man?"
+
+It surely was a stranger question than that to which the lad had made
+answer, and Sutton, throwing back his head, laughed as if he would sink
+to the earth from excess of mirth.
+
+"Well, that's the greatest joke of the season. Am I the other tramp
+that led you on such a wild-goose chase? Well, I should say not."
+
+Nevertheless Fred Sheldon felt absolutely sure that this was the man he
+accused him of being.
+
+Mr. Sutton, with a few jesting remarks, bade the boy good-evening, and
+the latter hastened on to the brick mansion, where he busied himself
+for a half hour in doing up a few chores that Michael, the hired man,
+had left for him.
+
+When these were finished, he went into the house, with a good appetite
+for his supper, which was awaiting him.
+
+The old ladies were greatly pleased to learn he had been paid such a
+large sum for capturing the lion, and they did not regret the fright
+they had suffered, since it resulted in such substantial good for their
+favorite.
+
+"Now, if you could only find our silverware," said Aunt Annie, "what a
+nice sum you would earn!"
+
+"Wouldn't I? I'd just roll in wealth, and I'd make mother so happy
+she'd feel miserable."
+
+"But I'm afraid we shall never see the silver again," observed Miss
+Lizzie, with a deep sigh.
+
+"Wasn't there some money taken, too?"
+
+"Yes; several hundred dollars. But we don't mind that, for we can get
+along without it; but the silverware, you know, has been in the family
+for more than two centuries."
+
+"You haven't owned it all that time, have you?"
+
+"My goodness! How old do you suppose we are?" asked the amused old
+lady.
+
+"I never thought, but it would be a good thing to get the money, too,
+wouldn't it? Has Archie Jackson been here to-day?"
+
+"Yes. He says that the officer he sent for doesn't come, and so he's
+going to be a detective himself."
+
+"A detective," repeated Fred to himself. "That's a man, I believe, that
+goes prying around after thieves and bad people, and is pretty smart in
+making himself look like other folks."
+
+"Yes," said Aunt Lizzie, "he went all over the house again, and climbed
+out on top of the porch, and was crawling around there, 'looking for
+signs,' as he called them. I don't know how he made out, but he must
+have been careless, for he slipped off and came down on his head and
+shoulders, and when we ran out to help him up, said some awful bad
+words, and went limping down the lane."
+
+"He don't know how to climb," said Fred, as he disposed of his usual
+supply of gingerbread; "it takes a boy like me to climb, a man is
+always sure to get in trouble."
+
+"Archibald seems to be very unfortunate," said Aunt Annie mildly, and
+with a meek smile on her face, "for just before he fell off the roof of
+the porch, he came bumping all the way down-stairs and said the bad man
+had put oil on them, so as to make him slip to the bottom. I am quite
+anxious about him, but I hope no bones were broken."
+
+"I saw that his hand was swelled up too," said the sister, "and when
+I inquired about it he said he caught it in the crack of the door,
+playing with his little boy, though I don't see how that could make
+such a hurt as his was. But there has been some one else here."
+
+"Who was that?" asked Fred, excitedly.
+
+"A very nice, gentlemanly person, though he wasn't dressed in very fine
+clothes. His name was--let me see, circus-circum--no----"
+
+"Cyrus Sutton?"
+
+"That's it--yes, that's his name."
+
+"What was he after?" demanded Fred, indignantly.
+
+"He said he was staying in the village a little while, and, having
+heard about our loss, he came out to make inquiries."
+
+"I would like to know what business he had to do that," said the boy,
+who was sure the old ladies were altogether too credulous and kind to
+strangers who presented themselves at their doors.
+
+"Why, Frederick, it was a great favor for him to show such an interest
+in our affairs."
+
+"Yes; so it was in them other two chaps, I s'pose; this ain't the first
+time Mr. Cyrus Sutton has been in your house."
+
+"What do you mean, Frederick?"
+
+"I mean this," answered Fred, wheeling his chair about and slapping his
+hand several times upon the table, by way of emphasis, "that Mr. Cyrus
+Sutton, as he calls himself, is the man I met in the lane the other
+night, and who climbed into the window and helped the other fellow
+carry off your plate and money; there!"
+
+The ladies raised their hands in protesting amazement.
+
+"Impossible! You must be mistaken!"
+
+"I know it, and I told him so, too!"
+
+"You did! Didn't he kill you?"
+
+"Not that I know of," laughed Fred. "I don't feel very dead, anyway;
+but though he had on whiskers the other night as the other one did, I
+knew his voice."
+
+Young Sheldon did not think it best to say anything about the suspicion
+he had formed against Bud Heyland, for that was coming so near home
+that it would doubtless cause immediate trouble.
+
+Nor did he tell how he was sure, only a short time before, that Jacob
+Kincade was the partner of Bud in the theft, but that the latter, who
+handed him the two hundred dollars, was relieved from all suspicion, at
+least so far as the lad himself was concerned.
+
+"Have you told Archibald of this?" asked Aunt Lizzie, when Fred had
+repeated his declaration several times.
+
+"What's the use of telling him? He would start in such a hurry to
+arrest him that he would tumble over something and break his neck.
+Then, he'd get the reward, too, and I wouldn't have any of it."
+
+"We will see that you have justice," said Miss Lizzie, assuringly; "you
+deserve it for what you have already done."
+
+"I don't want it, and I won't have it until I can earn it, that's
+certain. I must go to school to-morrow, and I brought over two of my
+books to study my lessons. I had mother's permission to stay home to go
+to the circus, but I was out to-day, and I s'pose Mr. McCurtis will
+give me a good whipping for it to-morrow. Anyway, I'll wear my trousers
+down, instead of rolling 'em up, till I learn how the land lies."
+
+This seemed a prudent conclusion, and as the ladies were anxious that
+their favorite should keep up with his classes they busied themselves
+with their household duties while the lad applied himself with might
+and main to his mental work.
+
+At the end of half an hour he had mastered it, and asked the ladies if
+there was anything he could do for them.
+
+"I forgot to tell Michael," said Aunt Annie, "before he went home, that
+we want some groceries from the store, and I would like him to give the
+order before coming here in the morning."
+
+"I'll take the order to him if you will write it out."
+
+Thanking him for his courtesy, the order was prepared, and, tucking it
+in his pocket, Fred Sheldon started down the road on a trot to the home
+of Michael Heyland, the hired man.
+
+"I wonder whether Bud is there?" he said to himself, as he approached
+the humble house. "I don't s'pose he'll bother me, but he'll want to
+know about that money as soon as he sees me."
+
+Without any hesitation the lad knocked at the door and was bidden to
+enter. As he did so he saw that Mrs. Heyland was the only one at home.
+
+"Michael has gone to the village," said the lady of the house, in
+explanation; "but I'm expecting him home in the course of an hour or
+so, and perhaps you had better wait."
+
+"I guess there isn't any need of it. Aunt Annie wants him to take an
+order to the store to-morrow morning before he comes up to the house,
+and I can leave it with you."
+
+"Is it writ out?"
+
+"Yes; here it is," said Fred, laying the piece of folded paper on
+the stand beside the Bible and a copy of the Tottenville _Weekly
+Illuminator_.
+
+The lad had no particular excuse for staying longer, but he was anxious
+to ask several questions before going back, and he was in doubt as to
+how he should go about it.
+
+But when he was invited to sit down he did so, and asked, in the most
+natural manner:
+
+"Where is Bud?"
+
+"He's down to the village, too."
+
+"When will he be home?"
+
+"That's a hard question to answer, and I don't think Bud himself could
+tell you if he tried. You know he's been traveling so long with the
+circus and has so many friends in the village that they are all glad to
+see him and won't let him come home. Bud was always a good boy, and I
+don't wonder that everybody thinks so much of him."
+
+Fred Sheldon indulged in a little smile for his own amusement, but he
+took care that the doting mother did not notice it.
+
+"Michael was always hard on Bud, but he sees how great his mistake
+was, and when he rode by on the big wagon, cracking his whip, he felt
+as proud of him as I did."
+
+"Is Bud going to be home long?"
+
+"He got leave of absence for a few days, because the boy isn't feeling
+very well. They've worked him too hard altogether. You observed how
+pale-looking he is?"
+
+Fred could not say that he had noticed any alarming paleness about the
+young man, but he did not deny the assertion of the mother.
+
+"Does Bud like it with the circus?"
+
+"Oh, yes, and they just dote on him. Bud tells me that Colonel Bandman,
+the owner of the circus and menagerie, has told him that if he keeps on
+doing so well he's going to take him in as partner next year."
+
+"Mrs. Heyland, why do you call him Bud?"
+
+"He was such a sweet baby that we nick-named him 'Birdy,' and it has
+stuck by him since. When he went to school he was called Budman,
+that being a cunning fancy of the darling boy, but his right name is
+Nathaniel Higgens, though most people don't know it."
+
+Fred Sheldon had got the information he was seeking.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+THE EAVESDROPPER.
+
+
+Fred Sheldon had learned one most important fact. Beyond all doubt
+the letters "N. H. H." stood for the name Nathaniel Higgens Heyland,
+who for some months past had been attached as an employee to Colonel
+Bandman's menagerie and circus.
+
+By some means, hard to understand, this young man had dropped his
+pocket-knife, bearing these initials, on the floor of the upper room of
+the brick mansion, at the time he entered it disguised as an ordinary
+tramp, and with the sole purpose of robbery.
+
+It was proven, therefore, that Bud had committed that great offense
+against the laws of his country, as well as against those of his Maker,
+and he was deserving of severe punishment.
+
+But young, as bright, honest Fred Sheldon was, he knew that the hardest
+work of all remained before him.
+
+How was the silver plate to be recovered, for the task would be less
+than half performed should the owners fail to secure that?
+
+How could the guilt of Bud Heyland be brought home to him, and who was
+his partner?
+
+Although Fred was sure that the stranger who called himself Cyrus
+Sutton was the other criminal, yet he saw no way in which that fact
+could be established, nor could he believe that the proof which he held
+of Bud's criminality would convince others.
+
+Bud was such an evil lad that he would not hesitate to tell any number
+of falsehoods, and he was so skilled in wrong talking, as well as wrong
+doing, that he might deceive every one else.
+
+Fred Sheldon felt that he needed now the counsel of one person above
+all others. The one man to whom his thoughts first turned was Archie
+Jackson, the constable, and he was afraid to trust him, for the
+temptation of obtaining the large reward offered was likely to lead him
+to do injustice to the boy.
+
+The one person whom he longed to see above all others was his
+mother--that noble, brave woman whose love and wisdom had guided him so
+well along his journey of life, short though it had been.
+
+It was she who had awakened in him the desire to become a good and
+learned man, who had cheered him in his studies, who had entertained
+him with stories culled from history and calculated to arouse an
+honorable ambition in his heart.
+
+The memory of his father was dim and misty, but there was a halo of
+glory that would ever envelop that sacred name.
+
+Fred could just remember the bright spring morning when the patriot,
+clad in his uniform of a private, had taken his wee baby boy in his
+arms, tossed him in the air, and, as he came down, kissed him over and
+over again, and told him that he was the son of a soldier who intended
+to fight for his country; and commending him to God and his wife, had
+resigned him to the weeping mother, who was pressed to his heart, and
+then, catching up his musket he had hurried out the little gate and
+walked rapidly down the road.
+
+Held in the mother's arms, Fred had strained his baby eyes until the
+loved form of his father faded out in the distance, and then the
+heavy-hearted wife took up the burden of life once more.
+
+But, though she shaded her weary eyes and looked down the road many a
+time, the husband never came back again. Somewhere, many long miles
+away, he found his last resting place, there to sleep until the last
+trump shall wake the dead, and those who have been separated in this
+life shall be reunited, never to part again.
+
+Fred's memories of those sad days, we say, were dim and shadowy, but he
+saw how bravely his mother fought her own battle, more sorrowful than
+that in which the noble husband went down, and Fred, young though he
+was, had been all that the fondest mother could wish.
+
+"Let him be spared to me, oh, Heavenly Father," she plead, and
+henceforth she lived only for him.
+
+It was she who taught him to kneel at her knee and to murmur his
+prayers morning and evening; who told him of the Gracious Father who
+will reward every good deed and punish every evil one not repented of;
+it was she who taught him to be manly and truthful and honest and brave
+for the right, and whose counsel and guidance were more precious than
+those of any earthly friend ever could be.
+
+Fred had no secret from her, and now that so much had taken place
+in the last few days he felt that he could not stand it much longer
+without her to counsel and direct him.
+
+"I sha'n't tell anybody a word of what I've found out," he said to
+himself, as he walked thoughtfully along the road, in the direction
+of the old brick mansion, where he expected to spend the night; "the
+Misses Perkinpine are such simple souls that they can't help a big
+boy like me, and though they might give me something, I don't want it
+unless I earn it. I'll bet mother can give me a lift."
+
+And holding this very high and not exaggerated opinion of his parent's
+wisdom, he continued onward, fervently hoping that she would return on
+the morrow.
+
+"We've never been apart so long since I can remember," he added, "and
+I'm beginning to feel homesick."
+
+The night was clear and starlight, the moon had not yet risen, but he
+could see very distinctly for a short distance in the highway. He was
+thinking of nothing in the way of further incident to him, but, as
+it sometimes happens in this world, the current of one's life, after
+flowing smoothly and calmly for a long time, suddenly comes upon shoals
+and breakers and everything is stormy for a while.
+
+Fred, in accordance with his favorite custom, had his trousers rolled
+high above his knees, and was barefooted. In the dust of the road he
+walked without noise, and as the night was very still he could hear the
+least sound.
+
+Though involved in deep thought he was of such a wide-awake nature
+that he could never be insensible to what was going on around him.
+He heard again the soft murmur of the wind in the forest, the faint,
+distant moan of the river, the cock crowing fully a mile away, answered
+by a similar signal of a chanticleer still further off, and then all at
+once he distinctly caught the subdued sound of voices.
+
+He at once stopped in the road and looked and listened. He could see
+nothing, but his keen ears told him the faint noise came from a point
+directly ahead, and was either in or at the side of the road.
+
+His intimate knowledge of the highway, even to the rocks and fences and
+piles of rails, that here and there lined it, enabled him to recall
+that there was a broad, flat rock, perhaps a hundred rods ahead, on the
+right side of the path, and that it was the one on which many a tired
+traveler sat down to rest.
+
+No doubt the persons whose voices reached him were sitting there,
+holding some sort of conference, and Fred asked himself how he should
+pass them without discovery, for, like almost every one, he was timid
+of meeting strangers on a lonely road after dark.
+
+His recourse suggested itself the next minute--he had only to climb the
+fence and move around them.
+
+At this point there was a meadow on each side of the highway, without
+any trees near the road, so that great care was needed to avoid
+observation, but in the starlight night Fred had little doubt of being
+able to get by without detection.
+
+Very carefully he climbed the fence, and, dropping gently upon the
+grass on the other side, he walked off across the field, peering
+through the gloom in the direction of the rock by the roadside, whence
+came the murmur of voices.
+
+The boy was so far away that, as yet, he had not caught a glimpse of
+the others, but when he stopped at the point where he thought it safe
+to begin to approach the road again, one of the parties gave utterance
+to an exclamation in a louder voice than usual.
+
+Fred instantly recognized it as that of Cyrus Sutton, the cattle
+drover, who had formed such a strong friendship for Bud Heyland.
+
+"I'll bet that Bud is there, too," muttered Fred, moving stealthily in
+the direction of the rock; "they are always--halloo!"
+
+In imitation of the loud voice of Sutton, the other did the same, and
+in the still night there could be no mistaking it; the only son of
+Michael Heyland was sitting at the roadside, in conversation with Cyrus
+Sutton.
+
+It was natural that Young Sheldon should conclude they were discussing
+the subject of the robbery, and he was at once seized with the desire
+to learn what it was they were saying, for, more than likely, it would
+throw some light on the matter.
+
+Fred had been taught by his mother that it was mean to tell tales of,
+or to play the eavesdropper upon, another, but in this case he felt
+warranted in breaking the rule for the sake of the good that it might
+do.
+
+Accordingly, he crept through the grass toward the highway until he
+caught the outlines of the two figures between the fence rails and
+thrown against the sky beyond. At the same time the rank odor of
+tobacco came stealing through the summer air, as it floated from the
+strong briar-wood pipe of Bud Heyland.
+
+It was not to be supposed that two persons, engaged in an unlawful
+business, would sit down beside a public highway and hold a
+conversation in such a loud voice that any one in the neighborhood
+would be able to learn all their secrets.
+
+Fred Sheldon got quite close, but though the murmur was continued with
+more distinctness than before, he could not distinguish many words nor
+keep the run of the conversation. There may have been something in the
+fact that the faces of the two, as a rule, were turned away from the
+listener, but now and then in speaking one of them would look at the
+other and raise his voice slightly.
+
+This indicated that he was more in earnest just then, and Fred caught
+a word or two without difficulty, the fragments, as they reached him,
+making a queer jumble.
+
+Bud Heyland's voice was first identified in the jumble and murmur.
+
+"Big thing--clean two thousand--got it down fine, Sutton."
+
+The reply of the companion was not audible, but Bud continued staring
+at him and smoking so furiously that the boy, crouching behind them,
+plainly saw the vapor as it curled upward and tainted the clear summer
+air above their heads.
+
+In a moment, however, Fred caught the profile of Cyrus Sutton
+against the starlight background, while that of young Heyland and his
+briar-wood looked as if drawn in ink against the sky.
+
+Both were looking at each other, and the words reached him more
+distinctly.
+
+"Must be careful--dangerous business--been there myself, Bud, don't be
+in a hurry."
+
+This, of course, was spoken by the cattle drover, and it was plain that
+it must refer to the robbery. Bud was laboring under some impatience
+and was quick to make answer.
+
+"Can't play this sick bus'ness much longer--must join the circus at
+Belgrade in a few days--must make a move pretty soon."
+
+"Won't keep you waiting long--but the best jobs in--country--spoiled by
+haste. Take it easy till you can be sure how the land lies."
+
+"That may all be--but----"
+
+Just then Bud Heyland turned his head so that only the back portion was
+toward the listener, and his voice dropped so low that it was some time
+before another word could be distinguished.
+
+Fred Sheldon was deeply interested, for a new and strong suspicion was
+beginning to take possession of him.
+
+It seemed to him on the sudden that the two worthies were not
+discussing the past so much as they were the future.
+
+That is, instead of talking about the despoiling of the Perkinpine
+mansion, a few nights before, they were laying plans for the commission
+of some new offense.
+
+"That Sutton is a regular burglar," thought Fred, "and he has come
+down here to join Bud, and they're going to rob all the houses in the
+neighborhood. I wonder whom they're thinking about now."
+
+The anxiety of the eavesdropper to hear more of what passed between the
+conspirators was so great that he grew less guarded in his movements
+than he should have been.
+
+His situation was such already that had the suspicion of the two been
+directed behind them they would have been almost sure to discover the
+listener; but, although they should have been careful themselves, it
+was hardly to be expected that they would be looking for spies in such
+a place and at such a time.
+
+Fred caught several words, which roused his curiosity to such a point
+that he determined to hear more, though the risk should be ten times as
+great.
+
+As silently, therefore, as possible, he crept forward until he was
+within a dozen feet of the rock on which Heyland and Sutton sat.
+
+The fact that the two had their faces turned away from him, still
+interfered with the audibility of the words spoken in a lower tone than
+the others, but the listener heard enough to fill him not only with
+greater anxiety than ever, but with a new fear altogether.
+
+Without giving all the fragments his ear caught, he picked up enough to
+convince him that Bud Heyland and Cyrus Sutton were discussing their
+past deeds and laying plans for the commission of some new act of evil.
+
+It was the latter fact which so excited the boy that he almost forgot
+the duty of using care against being discovered, and gradually crept up
+near enough to keep the run of the conversation.
+
+But, when he had secured such a position, he was annoyed beyond bearing
+by the silence, occasionally broken, of the two. It looked, indeed, as
+if they had got through the preliminaries of some evil scheme, and were
+now speaking in a desultory way of anything which came in their heads,
+while one smoked his pipe and the other his cigar.
+
+Cyrus Sutton held a jack-knife in his hand, which he now and then
+rubbed against a portion of the rock, as if to sharpen the blade, while
+he puffed the smoke first on the one side of his head and then on the
+other. Bud was equally attentive to his pipe, the strong odor of which
+at times almost sickened young Sheldon. Bud had not his whip with him,
+and he swung his legs and knocked his heels against the rock and seemed
+as well satisfied with himself as such worthless fellows generally are.
+
+"It's a pretty big thing and it will take a good deal of care and skill
+to work it through."
+
+This remark was made by Sutton, after a minute's pause on the part of
+both, and was instantly commented upon by Bud in his off-hand style.
+
+"Of course it does, but don't you s'pose we know all that? Haven't we
+done it in more than one other place than Tottenville?"
+
+"Yes," said Sutton, "and I've run as close to the wind as I want to,
+and closer than I mean to again, if I can help it."
+
+"Well, then," said Bud, "we'll fix it to-morrow night."
+
+"All right," said the drover, "but remember you can't be too careful,
+Bud, for this is a dangerous business."
+
+"I reckon I'm as careful as you or any one else," retorted the youth,
+"and ain't in any need of advice."
+
+These words disclosed one important fact to Fred Sheldon; they showed
+that the unlawful deed contemplated was fixed for the succeeding night.
+
+"They're going to break into another house," he mentally said, "and
+to-morrow is the time. Now, if I can only learn whose house it is, I
+will tell Archie Jackson."
+
+This caused his heart to beat faster, and again the lad thought of
+nothing else than to listen and catch the words of the conspirators.
+
+"Do you think we can manage it alone?" asked Sutton, turning his head
+so that the words were unmistakably distinct.
+
+"What's to hinder? Halloo! what's that?"
+
+Bud Heyland straightened himself and looked up and down the road. The
+affrighted Fred Sheldon saw his head and shoulders rise to view as he
+glanced about him, while his companion seemed occupied also in looking
+and listening.
+
+What was it they had heard? The lad was not aware that he had made the
+slightest noise, but the next guarded remark of Heyland startled him.
+
+"I heard something move, as if in the grass."
+
+"It would be a pretty thing if some one overheard our plans," said
+Cyrus Sutton, turning squarely about, so that his face was toward the
+crouching lad; "we ought to have looked out for that. Where did it seem
+to come from?"
+
+"Maybe I was mistaken; it was very faint, and I couldn't think of the
+right course; it may have been across the road or behind us."
+
+Fred Sheldon began to think it was time for him to withdraw, for his
+situation was becoming a dangerous one, indeed.
+
+"I guess you were mistaken," said Sutton, off-hand; "this is a slow
+neighborhood and the people don't know enough to play such a game as
+that."
+
+"You was saying a minute ago that you couldn't be too careful; I'll
+take a look across the road and up and down, while you can see how
+things are over the fence there."
+
+The last clause referred to the hiding place of Fred Sheldon, who
+wondered how it was he had not already been seen, when he could
+distinguish both forms so plainly, now that they stood up on their feet.
+
+It looked as if detection was certain, even without the two men
+shifting their positions in the least.
+
+The lad was lying flat on the ground and so motionless that he might
+have hoped to escape if special attention were not called to him.
+
+But he felt that if the cattle-drover came over the fence it would be
+useless to wait a second.
+
+As Bud Heyland spoke he started across the highway, while Cyrus Sutton
+called out:
+
+"All right!"
+
+As he did so he placed his hand on the top rail of the fence and with
+one bound leaped over, dropping upon his feet within a few steps of
+poor Fred Sheldon, who, with every reason for believing he had been
+seen, sprang to his feet and ran for dear life.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+FRED'S BEST FRIEND.
+
+
+Fred Sheldon sprang up from his hiding-place in the grass, almost
+before the drover vaulted over the fence, and ran across the meadow in
+the manner he did when he believed the wandering lion was at his heels.
+
+Cyrus Sutton seemed to be confused for the minute, as though he had
+scared up some strange sort of animal, and he stared until the dark
+figure began to grow dim in the distance.
+
+Even then he might not have said or done anything had not Bud Heyland
+heard the noise and come clambering over the fence after him.
+
+"Why don't you shoot him?" demanded Bud; "he's a spy that has been
+listening! Let's capture him! Come on! It will never do for him to get
+away! If we can't overhaul him, we can shoot him on the fly!"
+
+The impetuous Bud struck across the lot much the same as a frightened
+ox would have done when galloping. He was in dead earnest, for he and
+Sutton had been discussing some important schemes, which it would not
+do for outsiders to learn anything about.
+
+He held his pistol in hand, and was resolved that the spy should not
+escape him. The skurrying figure was dimly visible in the moonlight,
+but in his haste and excitement Bud probably did not observe that the
+object of the chase was of very short stature.
+
+Sutton kept close beside Bud, occasionally falling a little behind, as
+though it was hard work.
+
+"He's running as fast as we," said Sutton; "you had better hail him."
+
+Bud Heyland did so on the instant.
+
+"Hold on there! Stop! Surrender and you will be spared! If you don't
+stop I'll shoot!"
+
+Master Frederick Sheldon believed he was running for life, and, finding
+he was not overtaken, he redoubled his exertions, his chubby legs
+carrying him along with a speed which astonished even himself.
+
+The terrible hail of his pursuer instead of "bringing him to,"
+therefore, only spurred him to greater exertions.
+
+"I give you warning," called out Bud, beginning to pant from the
+severity of his exertion, "that I'll shoot, and when I take aim I'm
+always sure to hit something."
+
+"That's what makes me so afraid," said Sutton, dropping a little
+behind, "for I think I'm in more danger than the one ahead."
+
+Bud Heyland now raised his revolver and sighted as well as he could
+at the shadowy figure, which was beginning to edge off to the left. A
+person on a full run is not certain to make a good shot, and when the
+weapon was discharged, the bullet missed the fugitive by at least a
+dozen feet if not more.
+
+Bud lowered the pistol and looked to see the daring intruder fall
+to the ground, but he did not do so, and continued on at the same
+surprising gait.
+
+"That bullet grazed him," said Bud, bringing up his pistol again; "just
+see how I'll make him drop this time; fix your eye on him, and when I
+pull the trigger he'll give a yell and jump right up in the air."
+
+To make his aim sure, beyond all possibility of failure, the panting
+pursuer came to a halt for a moment, and resting the barrel on his left
+arm, as though he were a duelist, he took "dead aim" at the lad and
+again pulled the trigger.
+
+But there is no reason to believe that he came any nearer the mark than
+in the former instance; and when Sutton said with a laugh:
+
+"I don't see him jump and yell, Bud," the marksman, retorted:
+
+"You'd better shoot yourself, then."
+
+"No; I was afraid you would shoot me instead of him. I think you came
+nearer me than you did him. Hark! Did you hear the man laugh then. He
+don't mind us so long as we keep shooting at him."
+
+"Did he laugh?" demanded Bud, savagely. "If he laughed at me he shall
+die!"
+
+Hurriedly replacing his useless pistol in his pocket he resumed his
+pursuit with fierce energy, for he was resolved on overhauling the man
+who had dared to listen to what had been said.
+
+Had Bud been alone he would have left the pursuit to some one else, but
+with the muscular Cyrus Sutton at his back he was running over with
+courage and vengeance.
+
+Although the halt had been a brief one, yet it could not fail to prove
+of advantage to the fugitive, who was speeding with might and main
+across the meadow, and had begun to work off to the left, because he
+was anxious to reach the shelter of some woods, where he was hopeful of
+dodging his pursuers.
+
+It would seem that Bud Heyland and Cyrus Sutton could easily outspeed
+such a small boy as Fred Sheldon, but they were so bulky that it was
+much harder work for them to run, and they could not last so long.
+
+Hitherto they had lumbered along pretty heavily, but now they settled
+down to work with all the vigor they possessed, realizing that it was
+useless to expect to capture the fugitive in any other way.
+
+Meanwhile Fred Sheldon was doing his "level best;" active and quick in
+his movements he could run rapidly for one of his years, and could keep
+it up much longer than those behind him, though for a short distance
+their speed was the greater.
+
+Dreading, as he did, to fall into the hands of Bud Heyland and his
+lawless companion, he put forth all the power at his command, and
+glancing over his shoulder now and then he kept up his flight with an
+energy that taxed his strength and endurance to the utmost.
+
+When he found that they were not gaining on him he was encouraged, but
+greatly frightened by the pistol-shots. He was sure that one of the
+bullets went through his hat and the other grazed his ear, but so long
+as they didn't disable him he meant to keep going.
+
+He was nearly across the meadow when he recalled that he was speeding
+directly toward a worm-fence which separated it from the adjoining
+field. It would take a few precious seconds to surmount that, and he
+turned diagonally toward the left, as has been stated, because by
+taking such a course, he could reach the edge of a small stretch of
+woods, in whose shadows he hoped to secure shelter from his would-be
+captors.
+
+This change in the line of flight could not fail to operate to
+the disadvantage of the fugitive, for a time at least, for, being
+understood by Bud and Cyrus, they swerved still more, and sped along
+with increased speed, so that they rapidly recovered the ground lost a
+short time before.
+
+They were aiming to cut off Fred, who saw his danger at once, and
+changed his course to what might be called "straight away" again,
+throwing his pursuers directly behind him.
+
+This checked the scheme for the time, but it deprived Fred of his great
+hope of going over the fence directly into the darkness of the woods.
+
+As it was, he was now speeding toward the high worm-fence which
+separated the field he was in from the one adjoining.
+
+Already he could see the long, crooked line of rails, as they stretched
+out to the right and left in front of him, disappearing in the gloom
+and looking like mingling lines of India ink against the sky beyond.
+
+Even in such stirring moments odd thoughts come to us, and Fred, while
+on the dead run, compared in his mind the fence rails to the crooked
+and erratic lines he had drawn with his pen on a sheet of white paper.
+
+Although he could leap higher in the air and further on the level than
+any lad of his age, he knew better than to try and vault such a fence.
+As he approached it, therefore, he slackened his gait slightly, and
+springing upward with one foot on the middle rail, he placed the other
+instantly after on the topmost one and went over like a greyhound, with
+scarcely any hesitation, continuing his flight, and once more swerving
+to the left toward the woods on which he now fixed his hopes.
+
+Possibly Bud Heyland thought that the fact of his being attached to
+Colonel Bandman's great menagerie and circus called upon him to perform
+greater athletic feats; for instead of imitating the more prudent
+course of the fugitive, he made a tremendous effort to clear the fence
+with one bound.
+
+He would have succeeded but for the top three rails. As it was his
+rather large feet struck them, and he went over with a crash, his hat
+flying off and his head ploughing quite a furrow in the ground.
+
+[Illustration: Bud Heyland fell headlong over the fence in pursuit of
+Fred. --(See page 151.)]
+
+He rolled over several times, and as he picked himself up it seemed
+as if most of his bones were broken and he never had been so jarred in
+all his life.
+
+"Did you fall?" asked Cyrus Sutton, unable to suppress his laughter, as
+he climbed hastily after him.
+
+"I tripped a little," was the angry reply, "and I don't see anything to
+laugh at; come on! we'll have him yet!"
+
+To the astonishment of the cattle dealer, Bud caught up his hat and
+resumed the pursuit with only a moment's delay, and limping only
+slightly from his severe shaking up.
+
+Fred Sheldon was dimly visible making for the woods, and the two
+followed, Sutton just a little behind his friend.
+
+"You might as well give it up," said the elder; "he's got too much of a
+start and is making for cover."
+
+"I'm bound to have him before he can reach it, and I'll pay him for all
+this."
+
+No more than one hundred feet separated the parties, when Fred,
+beginning to feel the effects of his severe exertion, darted in among
+the shadows of the wood, and, hardly knowing what was the best to do,
+threw himself flat on the ground, behind the trunk of a large tree,
+where he lay panting and afraid the loud throbbing of his heart would
+betray him to his pursuers, who were so close behind him.
+
+Had he been given a single minute more he would have made a sharp turn
+in his course, and thus could have thrown them off the track without
+difficulty; but, as it was--we shall see.
+
+Bud Heyland rushed by within a few feet, and halted a couple of yards
+beyond, while Sutton stopped within a third of that distance, where
+Fred lay flat on the ground.
+
+"Do you hear him?" asked Bud.
+
+"Hear him? No; he's given us the slip, and it's all time thrown away to
+hunt further for him."
+
+Bud uttered an angry exclamation and stood a few minutes listening for
+some sound that would tell where the eavesdropper was.
+
+But nothing was heard, and Sutton moved forward, passing so close to
+Fred that the latter could have reached out his hand and touched him.
+
+"How could he help seeing me?" the boy asked himself, as the man joined
+Bud Heyland, and the two turned off and moved in the direction of the
+highway.
+
+Some distance away Bud Heyland and Sutton stopped and talked together
+in such low tones that Fred Sheldon could only hear the murmur of their
+voices, as he did when he first learned of their presence beside the
+road.
+
+But it is, perhaps, needless to say that he was content to let them
+hold their conference in peace, without any effort on his part to
+overhear any more of it. He was only too glad to let them alone, and to
+indulge a hope that they would be equally considerate toward him.
+
+Bud would have continued the search much longer and with a strong
+probability of success had not Sutton persuaded him that it was only a
+waste of time to do so. Accordingly they resumed their walk, with many
+expressions of impatience over their failure to capture the individual
+who dared to discover their secrets in such an underhanded way.
+
+"He looked to me like a very small man," said Bud, as he walked slowly
+along, dusting the dirt from his clothing and rubbing the many bruised
+portions of his body.
+
+"Of course he was," replied Sutton, "or he wouldn't have gone into that
+kind of business."
+
+"I don't mean that; he seemed like a short man."
+
+"Yes, so he was, but there are plenty of full-grown men in this world
+who are no taller than he."
+
+"It's too bad, I broke my pipe all to pieces when I fell over the
+fence, and jammed the stem half way down my throat."
+
+"I thought you had broken your neck," said Sutton, "and you ought to be
+thankful that you did not."
+
+Bud muttered an ill-natured reply, and the two soon after debouched
+into the highway, along which they continued until the house of the
+younger was reached, where they stopped a minute or so for a few more
+words, when they separated for the night.
+
+Fred Sheldon waited until they were far beyond sight and hearing, when
+he cautiously rose to his feet and stood for a short time to make sure
+he could leave the spot without detection.
+
+"I guess I've had enough for one night," he said with a sigh, as he
+turned off across the meadow until he reached the border of the lane,
+along which he walked until he knocked at the door of the Misses
+Perkinpine, where he was admitted with the same cordiality that was
+always shown him.
+
+They seemed to think he had stayed at the hired man's house for a chat
+with Bud, and made no inquiries, while the boy himself did not deem it
+best to tell what had befallen him.
+
+His recent experience had been so severe upon him that he felt hungry
+enough to eat another supper, and he would not have required a second
+invitation to do so, but, as the first was not given, he concluded to
+deny himself for the once.
+
+Fred expected to lie awake a long time after going to bed, trying to
+solve the meaning of the few significant words he had overheard, but he
+fell asleep almost immediately, and did not wake until called by Aunt
+Lizzie.
+
+This was Friday, the last school-day of the week, and he made sure
+of being on hand in time. As he had been absent by the permission of
+his mother, made known through a note sent before she went to see her
+brother, Mr. McCurtis could not take him to task for his failure to
+attend school, but a number of lads who had been tempted away by the
+circus and the excitement over the escaped lion were punished severely.
+
+However, they absented themselves with a full knowledge of what would
+follow, and took the bitter dregs with the sweet, content to have the
+pain if they might first have the pleasure.
+
+"I have excused several of you," said the teacher, peering very keenly
+through his glasses at Fred, "for absence, but I have not been asked
+to excuse any failure in lessons, and I do not intend to do so. Those
+who have been loitering and wasting their time will soon make it
+appear when called on to recite, and they must be prepared for the
+consequences."
+
+This remark was intended especially for Fred, who was thankful that he
+found out what the lessons of the day were, for he had prepared himself
+perfectly.
+
+And it was well he did so, for the teacher seemed determined to puzzle
+him. Fred was asked every sort of question the lesson could suggest.
+It had always been said by Mrs. Sheldon that Fred never knew a lesson
+so long as he failed to see clear through it, and could answer any
+question germane to it.
+
+He felt the wisdom of such instruction on this occasion, when the
+teacher at the end of the examination allowed him to take his seat and
+remarked, half angrily:
+
+"There's a boy who knows his lessons, which is more than I can say of a
+good many of you. I think it will be a good thing for him to go out and
+hunt a few more lions."
+
+This was intended as a witticism on the part of the teacher, and, like
+the urchins of Goldsmith's "Deserted Village," they all laughed with
+"counterfeit glee," some of the boys roaring as if they would fall off
+the benches from the excess of their mirth.
+
+Mr. McCurtis smiled grimly, and felt it was another proof that when he
+became a school teacher the world lost one of its greatest comedians
+and wits.
+
+At recess and noon Fred was quite a hero among the scholars. They
+gathered about him and he had to tell the story over and over again, as
+well as the dreadful feelings that must have been his when he woke up
+in the night and found that a real, live burglar was in his room.
+
+Like most boys of his age, Fred unconsciously exaggerated in telling
+the narratives so often, but he certainly deserved credit, not only
+for his genuine bravery, but for the self-restraint that enabled him
+to keep back some other things he might have related which would have
+raised him still more in the admiration of his young friends.
+
+"I'm going to tell them to mother first of all," was his conclusion,
+"and I will take her advice as to what I should do."
+
+He brought the lunch the Misses Perkinpine had put up for him, and
+stayed in the neighborhood of the school-house all noon, with a number
+of others, who lived some distance away. As the weather was quite warm,
+the boys sat under a tree, talking over the stirring incidents of the
+preceding few days.
+
+Fred was answering a question for the twentieth time, when he was
+alarmed by the sudden appearance of Bud Heyland, with his trousers
+tucked in his boots, his briar-wood pipe--that is, a new one--in his
+mouth, and his blacksnake-whip in hand.
+
+As he walked along he looked at the school-house very narrowly, almost
+coming to a full stop, and acting as though he was searching for some
+one. He did not observe that half a dozen boys were stretched out in
+the shadow of the big tree across the road.
+
+"Keep still!" said Fred, in a whisper, "and maybe he won't see us."
+
+But young Heyland was not to be misled so easily. Observing that the
+school was dismissed, he looked all around him, and quickly espied the
+little fellows lolling in the shade, when he immediately walked over
+toward them.
+
+Fred Sheldon's heart was in his mouth on the instant, for he was sure
+Bud was looking for him.
+
+"He must have known me last night," he thought, "and as he couldn't
+catch me then he has come to pay me off now."
+
+But it would have been a confession of guilt to start and run, and Bud
+would be certain to overtake him before he could go far, so the boy did
+not stir from the ground on which he was reclining.
+
+"Halloo, Bud," called out several, as he approached. "How are you
+getting along?"
+
+"None of your business," was the characteristic answer; "is Fred
+Sheldon there?"
+
+"I'm here," said Fred, rising to the sitting position. "What do you
+want of me?"
+
+Bud Heyland acted curiously. He looked sharply at the boy, and then
+said:
+
+"I don't want anything of you just now, but I'll see you later," and
+without anything further he moved on, leaving our hero wondering why he
+had not asked for the ten dollars due him.
+
+Fred expected he would return, and was greatly relieved when the
+teacher appeared and school was called. Fearful that the bully would
+wait for him on the road, Fred went to the old brick mansion first,
+where he stayed till dark, when he decided to run over to his own home,
+look after matters there, and then return by a new route to the old
+ladies who were so kind to him.
+
+He kept a sharp lookout on the road, but saw nothing of either Bud or
+Cyrus Sutton.
+
+"It seems to me," said Fred to himself, as he approached the old
+familiar spot, "that I ought to hear something from mother by this
+time. There isn't any school to-morrow, and I'll walk over to Uncle
+Will's and find out when she's coming home, and then I'll tell her all
+I've got to tell, which is so much, with what I want to ask, that it'll
+take me a week to get through--halloo! What does that mean?"
+
+He stopped short in the road, for through the closed blinds of the
+lower story he caught the twinkling rays of a light that some one had
+started within.
+
+"I wonder whether it is our house they're going to rob to-night,"
+exclaimed Fred, adding the next moment, with a grim humor: "If it is,
+they will be more disappointed than they ever were in their lives."
+
+A minute's thought satisfied him that no one with a view to robbery was
+there, for the good reason that there was nothing to steal, as anyone
+would be quick to learn.
+
+"It must be some tramp prowling around in the hope of getting something
+to eat. Anyway, I will soon find out----"
+
+Just then the window was raised, the shutters thrown wide open by some
+person, who leaned part way out the window in full view.
+
+One glance was enough for Fred Sheldon to recognize that face and form,
+the dearest on earth, as seen in the starlight, with the yellow rays of
+the lamp behind them.
+
+"Halloo, mother! Ain't I glad to see you? How are you? Bless your dear
+soul! What made you stay away so long?"
+
+"Fred, my own boy!"
+
+And leaning out the window she threw both arms about the neck of the
+lad, who in turn threw his about her, just as the two always did when
+they met after a brief separation.
+
+The fact of it was, Fred Sheldon was in love with his mother and always
+had been, and that sort of boy is sure to make his mark in this world.
+
+A few minutes later the happy boy had entered the house and was sitting
+at the tea table, eating very little and talking very much.
+
+The mother told him that his uncle had been dangerously ill, but had
+begun to mend that day, and was now believed to have passed the crisis
+of his fever, and would soon get well. She therefore expected to stay
+with her boy all the time.
+
+And then the delighted little fellow began his story, or rather series
+of stories, while the kind eyes of the handsome and proud parent were
+fixed on the boy with an interest which could not have been stronger.
+
+Her face paled when, in his own graphic way, he pictured his lonely
+watch in the old brick mansion, and the dreadful discovery that the
+wicked tramp had entered the building stealthily behind him. She
+shuddered to think that her loved one had been so imperiled, and was
+thankful indeed that Providence had protected him.
+
+Then the story of the lion, of its unexpected breaking out from the
+cage, the panic of the audience, his encounter with it in the lane,
+its entry into the smoke-house, his shutting the door, and finally how
+he earned and received the reward. All this was told with a childish
+simplicity and truthfulness which would have thrilled any one who had a
+less personal interest than the boy's mother.
+
+As I have said, there were no secrets that the son kept from his
+parent. He told how he saw that the tramp wore false whiskers and how
+he dropped a knife on the floor, which he got and showed to his mother,
+explaining to her at the same time that the letters were the initials
+of the young man known through the neighborhood as "Bud" Heyland.
+
+"That may all be," said she, smilingly, "and yet Bud may be as innocent
+as you or I."
+
+"How is that?" asked Fred, wonderingly.
+
+"He may have traded or lost the knife, or some one may have stolen it
+and left it there on purpose to turn suspicion toward Bud. Such things
+have been done many a time, and it is odd that anyone could drop a
+knife in such a place without knowing it."
+
+Fred opened his eyes.
+
+"Then Bud is innocent, you think?"
+
+"No, I believe he is guilty, for you say you were pretty sure of his
+voice, but it won't do to be too certain. As to the other man, who
+misled you when you met him in the lane, it is a hard thing to say who
+he is."
+
+"Why, mother, I'm surer of him than I am of Bud, and I'm dead sure of
+him, you know."
+
+"What are your reasons?"
+
+Fred gave them as they are already known to the reader. The wise little
+woman listened attentively, and said when he had finished:
+
+"I don't wonder that you think as you do, but you once was as sure, as
+I understand, of Mr. Kincade, the one who paid you the reward."
+
+"That is so," assented Fred, "but I hadn't had so much time to think
+over the whole matter."
+
+"Very probably you are right, for they are intimate, and they are
+staying in the neighborhood for no good. Tell me just what you heard
+them say last night, when they sat on the rock by the roadside. Be
+careful not to put in any words of your own, but give only precisely
+what you know were spoken by the two."
+
+The boy did as requested, the mother now and then asking a question and
+keeping him down close to the task of telling only the plain, simple
+truth, concerning which there was so much of interest to both.
+
+When he was through she said the words of the two showed that some
+wicked scheme was in contemplation, though nothing had been heard to
+indicate its precise nature.
+
+The matter having been fully told the question remained--and it was the
+great one which underlay all others--what could Fred do to earn the
+large reward offered by the two ladies who had lost their property?
+
+"Remember," said his mother, thoughtfully, "you are only a small
+boy fourteen years old, and it is not reasonable to think you can
+out-general two bad persons who have learned to be cunning in all they
+do."
+
+"Nor was it reasonable to think I would out-general a big lion," said
+Fred, with a laugh, as he leaned on his mother's lap and looked up in
+her eyes.
+
+"No; but that lion was old and harmless; he might have spent the
+remainder of his days in this neighborhood without any one being in
+danger."
+
+"But we didn't know that."
+
+"But you know that Bud Heyland and this Mr. Sutton are much older than
+you and are experienced in evil doing."
+
+"So was the lion," ventured Fred, slyly, quite hopeful of earning the
+prize on which he had set his heart. "I have been thinking that maybe I
+ought to tell Mr. Jackson, the constable, about the knife, with Bud's
+name on it."
+
+"No," said the mother. "It isn't best to tell him anything, for he has
+little discretion. He boasts too much about what he is going to do; the
+wise and skilful man never does that."
+
+Mrs. Sheldon had "gauged" the fussy little constable accurately when
+she thus described him.
+
+"Fred," suddenly said his mother, "do not the Misses Perkinpine expect
+you to stay at their house to-night?"
+
+"Yes, I told them I would be back, and they will be greatly surprised,
+for I didn't say anything about your coming home, because I thought
+Uncle Will was so sick you wouldn't be able to leave him."
+
+"Then you had better run over and explain why it is you cannot stay
+with them to-night."
+
+The affectionate boy disliked to leave his mother when they were
+holding such a pleasant conversation, but he could please her only by
+doing so, and donning his broad-brimmed straw hat, and bidding her
+good-night, passed out the door, promising soon to return.
+
+Fred was so anxious to spend the evening at home that he broke into
+a trot the instant he passed out the gate, and kept it up along the
+highway until he reached the short lane, which was so familiar to him.
+
+The same eagerness to return caused him to forget one fact that had
+hitherto impressed him, which was that the conspiracy of Bud Heyland
+and Cyrus Sutton was intended to be carried out this same evening.
+
+The boy had gone almost the length of the lane when he was surprised to
+observe a point of light moving about in the shadow of the trees, the
+night being darker than the previous one.
+
+"What under the sun can that be?" he asked, stopping short and
+scrutinizing it with an interest that may be imagined.
+
+Viewed from where he stood, it looked like a jack-o'-lantern, or a
+candle which some one held in his hand while moving about.
+
+It had that swaying, up-and-down motion, such as a person makes when
+walking rapidly, while now and then it shot up a little higher, as
+though the bearer had raised it over his head to get a better view of
+his surroundings.
+
+"Well, that beats everything I ever heard of," muttered Fred, resuming
+his walk toward the house; "it must be some kind of a lantern, and
+maybe it's one of them dark ones which robbers use, and they are taking
+a look at the outside to see which is the best way of getting inside,
+though I don't think there is anything left for them."
+
+The distance to the house was so short that Fred soon reached the yard.
+On his way thither the strange light vanished several times, only to
+reappear again, its occasional eclipse, no doubt, being due to the
+intervening vegetation.
+
+When the boy came closer he saw that the lantern was held in the hand
+of Aunt Lizzie, who was walking slowly around the yard, with her sister
+by her side, while they peered here and there with great deliberation
+and care.
+
+"Why, Aunt Lizzie!" called out Fred, as he came up, "what are you
+looking for?"
+
+The good ladies turned toward him with a faint gasp of fright, and then
+gave utterance to an expression of thankfulness.
+
+"Why, Frederick, we are looking for you," was the reply, and then,
+complimenting his truthfulness, she added, "you promised to come back,
+and we knew you wouldn't tell a story, and sister and I thought maybe
+you were hungry and sick somewhere around the yard, and if so we were
+going to get you into the house and give you some supper."
+
+"Why, aunties, I've had supper," laughed Fred, amused beyond measure at
+the simplicity of the good ladies.
+
+"We didn't suppose that made any difference," was the kind remark of
+the good ladies, who showed by the observation that they had a pretty
+accurate knowledge after all of this particular specimen of boyhood.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+THE MEETING IN THE WOOD.
+
+
+Fred Sheldon told his good friends that inasmuch as his mother had
+returned, he would stay at home hereafter, though he promised to drop
+in upon them quite often and "take dinner or supper."
+
+The lantern was blown out and the sisters went inside, where, for the
+present, we must bid them good-night, and the lad started homeward.
+
+He had not quite reached the main highway, when, in the stillness of
+the night, he caught the rattle of carriage or wagon wheels. There was
+nothing unusual in this, for it was the place and time to look for
+vehicles, many of which went along the road at all hours of the day and
+night.
+
+But so many strange things had happened to Fred during the week now
+drawing to a close that he stopped on reaching the outlet of the lane,
+and, standing close to the shaded trunk of a large tree, waited until
+the wagon should go by.
+
+As it came nearer he saw that it was what is known in some parts of the
+country as a "spring-wagon," being light running, with a straight body
+and without any cover, so that the driver, sitting on the front seat,
+was the most conspicuous object about it.
+
+As it came directly opposite Fred could see that the driver wore a
+large sombrero-like hat, and was smoking a pipe. At the same moment,
+too, he gave a peculiar sound, caused by an old habit of clearing his
+throat, which identified him at once as Bud Heyland.
+
+"That's odd," thought Fred, stepping out from his place of concealment
+and following after him; "when Bud goes out at night with a strange
+wagon or alone, or with Cyrus Sutton, there's something wrong on foot."
+
+Not knowing what was best for him to do, Fred walked behind the wagon a
+short distance, for the horse was going so slow that this was an easy
+matter. But all at once Bud struck the animal a sharp blow, which sent
+him spinning forward at such a rate that he speedily vanished in the
+darkness.
+
+Young Sheldon continued walking toward home, his thoughts busy until he
+reached the stretch of woods, where the courage of any boy would have
+been tried in passing it after nightfall. Brave as he undoubtedly was,
+Fred felt a little shiver, when fairly among the dense shadows, for
+there were some dismal legends connected with it, and these had grown
+with the passage of years.
+
+But Fred had never turned back for anything of the kind, and he was now
+so cheered by the prospect of being soon again with his mother that he
+stepped off briskly, and would have struck up one of his characteristic
+whistling tunes had he not heard the rattle of the same wagon which Bud
+Heyland drove by a short while before.
+
+"That's strange," thought the lad; "he couldn't have gone very far, or
+he wouldn't have come back so soon."
+
+The darkness was so profound over the stretch of road leading through
+the wood that Fred had no fear of being seen as he stepped a little to
+one side and waited for the vehicle to pass.
+
+Fortunately for night travel, the portion of the highway which led
+through the forest was not long, for, without the aid of a lantern, no
+one could see whither he was going, and everything had to be left to
+the instinct of the horse himself.
+
+The beast approached at a slow walk, while Bud no doubt was perched
+on the high front seat, using his eyes for all they were worth, which
+was nothing at all where the gloom was so impenetrable. He must have
+refilled his pipe a short time before, for he was smoking so vigorously
+that the ember-like glow of the top of the tobacco could be seen, and
+the crimson reflection even revealed the end of Bud's nose and the
+faintest possible glimpse of his downy mustache and pimply cheeks, as
+they glided through the darkness.
+
+The light from this pipe was so marked that Fred moved back a step or
+two, afraid it might reveal him to his enemy.
+
+His withdrawal was not entirely satisfactory to himself, as he could
+not observe where to place his feet, and striking his heels against a
+fallen limb, he went over backward with quite a bump.
+
+"Who's that?" demanded Bud Heyland, checking his horse and glaring
+about in the gloom; "is that you, Sutton?"
+
+Fred thought it wiser to make no response, and he silently got upon
+his feet again. Bud repeated his question in a husky undertone, and
+receiving no reply muttered some profanity and started the horse
+forward at the same slow, deliberate pace.
+
+Wondering what it could all mean, young Sheldon stood in the middle of
+the road, looking in the direction of the vanishing wagon, of which,
+as a matter of course, he could not catch the slightest glimpse, and
+asking himself whether it would be wise to investigate further.
+
+"There's some mischief going on, and it may be that I can--halloo!"
+
+Once more Bud Heyland drew his horse to a halt, and the same solemn
+stillness held reign as before. But it was only for a minute or two,
+when Bud gave utterance to a low whistle, which sounded like the
+tremolo notes of a flute, on the still air.
+
+Fred Sheldon recalled that the bully used to indulge in that peculiar
+signal when he attended school, merely because he fancied it, and when
+there could be no significance at all attached to it.
+
+It was now repeated several times, with such intervals as to show that
+Bud was expecting a reply, though none could be heard by the lad, who
+was listening for a response.
+
+All at once, yielding to a mischievous impulse, Fred Sheldon replied,
+imitating Bud's call with astonishing accuracy.
+
+Instantly the bully seized upon it, and the signal was exchanged
+several times, when Bud sprang out of his wagon and came toward the
+spot where the other stood.
+
+Fred was frightened when he found there was likely to be a meeting
+between him and the one he dreaded so much, and he became as silent as
+the tomb.
+
+Bud advanced through the gloom, continually whistling and giving
+utterance to angry expressions because he was not answered, while Fred
+carefully picked his way a few paces further to the rear to escape
+discovery.
+
+"Why don't you speak?" called out Bud; "if you can whistle you can use
+your voice, can't you?"
+
+Although this question could have been easily answered, Fred Sheldon
+thought it best to hold his peace.
+
+"If you ain't the biggest fool that ever undertook to play the
+gentleman!" added the disgusted bully, groping cautiously among the
+trees; "everything is ready for----"
+
+Just then an outstretching limb passed under the chin of Bud Heyland,
+and, though walking slowly, he thought it would lift his head off his
+shoulders before he could stop himself.
+
+When he did so he was in anything but an amiable mood, and Fred,
+laughing, yet scared, was glad he had the friendly darkness in which to
+find shelter from the ugliness of the fellow.
+
+Bud had hardly regained anything like his self-possession when he
+caught a similar signal to those which had been going on for some
+minutes between Fred Sheldon and himself. It came from some point
+beyond Fred, but evidently in the highway.
+
+The angry Heyland called out:
+
+"What's the matter with you? Why don't you come on, you fool?"
+
+The person thus addressed hurried over the short distance until he was
+close to where Bud stood rubbing his chin and muttering all sorts of
+bad words at the delay and pain to which he had been subjected.
+
+"Halloo, Bud, where are you?"
+
+Guarded as the voice was, Fred immediately recognized it as belonging
+to Cyrus Sutton, the cattle drover.
+
+"I'm here; where would I be?" growled the angry bully.
+
+"Tumbling over a fence, or cracking your head against a tree, I
+suppose," said Sutton, with a laugh; "when I whistled to you, why
+didn't you whistle back again, as we agreed to do?"
+
+It is easy to picture the scowling glare which Bud Heyland turned upon
+Sutton as he answered:
+
+"You're a purty one to talk about signals, ain't you? After answering
+me half a dozen times, and I got close to you, you must shut up your
+mouth, and while I went groping about, I came near sawing my head off
+with a knotty limb. When you heard me, why did you stop?"
+
+"Heard you? What are you talking about?"
+
+"Didn't you whistle to me a while ago, and didn't you keep it up till I
+got here, and then you stopped? What are you talking about, indeed!"
+
+"I was a little late," said Sutton, who began to suspect the truth,
+"and have just come into the wood; I whistled to you, and then you
+called to me in a rather more personal style than I think is good
+taste, and I came forward and here I am, and that's all there is about
+it."
+
+"Wasn't that you that answered my whistling a little while ago?" asked
+Bud Heyland in an undertone, that fairly trembled with dread.
+
+"No, sir; as I have explained to you, I signaled to find where you were
+only a minute since, and I heard nothing of the kind from you."
+
+"Then we're betrayed!"
+
+Words would fail to depict the tragic manner in which Bud Heyland
+gave utterance to this strange remark. His voice was in that peculiar
+condition, known as "changing," and at times was a deep bass, sometimes
+breaking into a thin squeak.
+
+He sank it to its profoundest depths as he slowly repeated the
+terrifying expression, and the effect would have been very impressive,
+even to Cyrus Sutton, but for the fact that on the last word his voice
+broke and terminated with a sound like that made by a domestic fowl
+when the farmer seizes it by the head with the intention of wringing
+its neck.
+
+But Cyrus Sutton seemed to think that it was anything else than a
+laughing matter, and he asked the particulars of Bud, who gave them in
+a stealthily modulated voice, every word of which was plainly heard by
+Fred Sheldon, who began to feel somewhat uncomfortable.
+
+"You remember the man that was behind us listening when we sat on the
+rock last night?" asked Bud.
+
+"Of course I do."
+
+"Well, he's watching us still, and ain't far off this very minute. I
+wish I had a chance to draw a bead on him."
+
+"You drew several beads last night," said Sutton.
+
+"See here," snarled Bud, "that's enough of that. I'll give you a little
+advice for your own good--let it drop."
+
+"Well, Bud," said the other, in an anxious voice, "it won't do to try
+it on now if some one is watching us. So drive back to Tottenville, put
+the horse away and we'll take a look around to-morrow night. If the
+coast is clear we'll wind the business up."
+
+"It's got to be wound up then," said the bully, earnestly; "it won't do
+for me to wait any longer; I've got to j'ine the circus on Monday, and
+I must start on Sunday to make it."
+
+"Very well; then we'll take a look around to-morrow and fix things at
+night."
+
+"Agreed," said Bud, "for you can see that if some officer is watching
+us--halloo!"
+
+This exclamation was caused by the sudden sound of wagon wheels, and
+man and boy knew at once that Bud's horse, probably tired of standing
+still, had started homeward with the enthusiasm of a steed who believes
+that a good supper is awaiting him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+BUD'S MISHAPS.
+
+
+When a horse takes it into his head to go home, with a view of having a
+good meal, the attraction seems to become stronger from the moment he
+makes the first move.
+
+Bud Heyland's animal began with a very moderate pace, but he increased
+it so rapidly that by the time the angry driver was on the run, the
+quadruped was going almost equally as fast.
+
+In the hope of scaring the brute into stopping Bud shouted:
+
+"Whoa! whoa! Stop, or I'll kill you!"
+
+If the horse understood the command, he did not appreciate the threat,
+and, therefore, it served rather as a spur to his exertion, for he went
+faster than ever.
+
+It is well known, also, that under such circumstances the sagacious
+animal is only intent on reaching home with the least delay, and he
+does not care a pin whether his flight injures the vehicle behind him
+or not. In fact, he seems to be better pleased if it does suffer some
+disarrangement.
+
+When, therefore, the animal debouched from the wood into the faint
+light under the stars he was on a gallop, and the wagon was bounding
+along from side to side in an alarming way. Bud was not far behind
+it, and shouting in his fiercest manner, he soon saw that he was only
+wasting his strength. He then ceased his outcries and devoted all his
+energies to overtaking the runaway horse.
+
+"It'll be just like him to smash the wagon all to flinders," growled
+Bud, "and I'll have to pay for the damages."
+
+As nearly as could be determined, horse and lad were going at the same
+pace, the boy slightly gaining, perhaps, and growing more furious each
+minute, for this piece of treachery on the part of the horse.
+
+Some twenty yards separated the pursuer from the team, when a heavy,
+lumbering wagon loomed to view ahead.
+
+"Get out of the road!" called Bud, excitedly. "This hoss is running
+away, and he'll smash you if you don't!"
+
+At such times a farmer is slow to grasp the situation, and the old
+gentleman, who was half asleep, could not understand what all the
+rumpus was about, until the galloping horse was upon him. Then he
+wrenched his lines, hoping to pull his team aside in time, but his
+honest nags were as slow as their owner, and all they did was to get
+themselves out of the way, so as to allow the light vehicle to crash
+into that to which they were attached.
+
+It is the frailer vessel which generally goes to the wall at such
+times, though Bud's was armed with a good deal of momentum. As it was
+the front wheel was twisted off, and the frightened horse continued
+at a swifter gait than ever toward his home, while Bud, seeing how
+useless it was to try to overtake him, turned upon the old farmer, who
+was carefully climbing out of his wagon to see whether his property had
+suffered any damage.
+
+"Why didn't you get out the way when I hollered to you?" demanded the
+panting Bud, advancing threateningly upon him.
+
+"Why didn't you holler sooner, my young friend?" asked the old
+gentleman, in a soft voice.
+
+"I yelled to you soon enough, and you're a big fool that you didn't
+pull aside as I told you. I hope your old rattle-trap has been hurt so
+it can't be fixed up."
+
+"I can't diskiver that it's been hurt at all, and I'm very thankful,"
+remarked the farmer, stooping down and feeling the spokes and axletree
+with his hands; "but don't you know it is very disrespectful for a boy
+like you to call an old man a fool?"
+
+Bud snarled:
+
+"I generally say just what I mean, and what are you going to do about
+it, old Hay Seed?"
+
+The gentleman thus alluded to showed what he meant to do about it, for
+he reached quietly upward and lifted his whip from its socket in the
+front of the wagon.
+
+"I say again," added Bud, not noticing the movement, and swaggering
+about, "that any man who acts like you is a natural born fool, and the
+best thing you can do is to go home----"
+
+Just then something cracked like a pistol shot and the whip of the
+old farmer whizzed about the legs of the astounded scapegrace, who,
+with a howl similar to that which Fred Sheldon uttered under similar
+treatment, bounded high in air and started on a run in the direction of
+his flying vehicle.
+
+At the second step the whip descended again, and it was repeated
+several times before the terrified Bud could get beyond reach of the
+indignant gentleman, who certainly showed more vigor than any one not
+knowing him would have looked for.
+
+"Some boys is very disrespectful, and should be teached manners," he
+muttered, turning calmly about and going back to his team, which stood
+sleepily in the road awaiting him.
+
+"What's getting into folks?" growled Bud Heyland, trying to rub his
+smarting legs in half a dozen places at once; "that's the sassiest old
+curmudgeon I ever seen. If I'd knowed he was so sensitive I wouldn't
+have argued the matter so strong. Jingo! But he knows how to swing a
+whip. When he brought down the lash on to me, I orter just jumped right
+into him and knocked him down, and I'd done it, too, if I hadn't been
+afraid of one thing, which was that he'd knocked me down first. Plague
+on him! I'll get even with him yet. I wish----"
+
+Bud stopped short in inexpressible disgust, for just then he recalled
+that he had his loaded revolver with him, and he ought to have used it
+to defend himself.
+
+The assault of the old gentleman was so sudden that his victim had no
+time to think of anything but to place himself beyond reach of his
+strong and active arm.
+
+"I don't know what makes me so blamed slow in thinking of things,"
+added Bud, resuming the rubbing of his legs and his walk toward
+Tottenville, "but I must learn to wake up sooner. I'm sure I got in
+some good work to-day, and I'll finish it up in style to-morrow night,
+or my name ain't Nathaniel Higgins Heyland, and then I'm going to skip
+out of this slow place in a hurry and have a good time with the boys.
+What's that?"
+
+He discerned the dim outlines of some peculiar looking object in the
+road, and going to it, suddenly saw what it was.
+
+"Yes, I might have knowed it!" he muttered, with another forcible
+expression; "it's a wagon wheel; the second one off that
+good-for-nothing one I hired of Grimsby, and I'll have a pretty bill to
+pay when I get there. I 'spose I'll find the rest of the wagon strewed
+all along the road; yes----"
+
+Bud was not far wrong in his supposition, for a little further on he
+came upon a third wheel, which was leaning against the fence, as though
+it were "tired," and near by was the fourth.
+
+After that the fragments of the ruined vehicle were met with
+continually, until the angered young man wondered how it was there
+could be so much material in such an ordinary structure.
+
+"It's about time I begun to find something of the horse," he added,
+with a grim sense of the grotesque humor of the idea; "I wouldn't care
+if I came across his head and legs scattered along the road, for I'm
+mad enough agin him to blow him up, but I won't get the chance, for
+old Grimsby won't let me have him agin when I go out to take a ride
+to-morrow night."
+
+Things could not have been in a worse condition than when Bud, tired
+and angry, walked up on the porch of the hotel and dropped wearily into
+one of the chairs that were always there.
+
+Old Mr. Grimsby was awaiting him, and said the animal was badly
+bruised, and as for the wagon, the only portion he could find any trace
+of was the shafts, which came bounding into the village behind the
+flying horse.
+
+Mr. Grimsby's principal grief seemed to be that Bud himself had not
+shared the fate of the wagon, and he did not hesitate to so express
+himself.
+
+"The damages won't be a cent less than a hundred dollars," added the
+angry keeper of the livery stable.
+
+"Will you call it square for that?" asked Bud, looking at the man, who
+was leaning against the post in front of him.
+
+"Yes, of course I will?"
+
+"Very well; write out a receipt in full and sign it and I'll pay it."
+
+Mr. Grimsby scanned him curiously for a minute, and then said:
+
+"If you're in earnest come over to my office."
+
+Bud got up and followed him into his little dingy office, where he kept
+a record of his humble livery business, and after considerable fumbling
+with his oil-lamp, found pen and paper and the receipt was written and
+signed.
+
+While he was thus employed Bud Heyland had counted one hundred dollars
+in ten-dollar bills, which he passed over to Mr. Grimsby, who, as was
+his custom, counted them over several times.
+
+As he did so he noticed that they were crisp, new bills, and looked as
+if they were in circulation for the first time.
+
+He carefully folded them up and put them away in his wallet with a grim
+smile, such as is apt to be shown by a man of that character when he
+thinks he has got the better of a friend in a bargain or trade.
+
+And as Bud Heyland walked out he smiled, too, in a very meaning way.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+TWO UNEXPECTED VISITORS.
+
+
+Fred Sheldon did not give much attention to Bud Heyland after he
+started in pursuit of his runaway horse, but, turning in the opposite
+direction, he moved carefully through the wood toward his mother's
+house.
+
+He did not forget that Cyrus Sutton was somewhere near him, and the boy
+dreaded a meeting with the cattle drover almost as much as he did with
+Bud Heyland himself; but he managed to get out of the piece of wood
+without seeing or being seen by him, and then he made all haste to his
+own home, where he found his mother beginning to wonder over his long
+absence.
+
+Fred told the whole story, anxious to hear what she had to say about a
+matter on which he had made up his own mind.
+
+"It looks as though Bud Heyland and this Mr. Sutton, that you have told
+me about, are partners in some evil doing."
+
+"Of course they are; it can't be anything else, but what were they
+doing in the woods with the wagon?"
+
+"Perhaps they expected to meet some one else."
+
+"I don't think so, from what they said; it would have been better if I
+hadn't whistled to Bud, wouldn't it?"
+
+"Perhaps not," replied the mother, "for it looks as if by doing so you
+prevented their perpetrating some wrong for which they had laid their
+plans, and were frightened by finding some one else was near them."
+
+"I'm going to take a look through that wood to-morrow and keep watch; I
+think I will find out something worth knowing."
+
+"You cannot be too careful, Fred, for it is a wonder to me that you
+have kept out of trouble so long----"
+
+Both were startled at this moment by the closing of the gate, followed
+by a rapid footstep along the short walk, and then came a sharp
+knocking on the door.
+
+Fred sprang up from his seat beside his mother and quickly opened the
+door. The fussy little constable, Archie Jackson, stood before them.
+
+"Good evening, Frederick; good evening, Mrs. Sheldon," he said, looking
+across the room to the lady and taking off his hat to her, as he
+stepped within.
+
+The handsome little lady arose, bowed and invited him to a seat, which
+he accepted, bowing his thanks again.
+
+It was easy to see from the manner of Archie that he was full of the
+most important kind of business. He was in danger of tipping his chair
+over, from the prodigious extent to which he threw out his breast, as
+he carefully deposited his hat on the floor beside him and cleared his
+throat, with a vigor which could have been heard by any one passing
+outside.
+
+"A pleasant night," he remarked, looking benignantly upon Mrs. Sheldon,
+who nodded her head to signify that she agreed with him in his opinion
+of the weather.
+
+After this preliminary he came to the point--that is, in his own
+peculiar way.
+
+"Mrs. Sheldon, you have a very fine boy there," he said, nodding toward
+Fred, who turned quite red in the face.
+
+"I am glad to hear you have such a good opinion of him," was the modest
+manner in which the mother acknowledged the compliment to her only
+child.
+
+"I understand that he is the brightest scholar in school, and has
+the reputation of being truthful and honest, and I know him to be as
+full of pluck and courage as a--a--spring lamb," added the constable,
+clearing his throat again, to help him out of his search for a metaphor.
+
+Mrs. Sheldon simply bowed and smiled, while Archie looked at his right
+hand, which was still swollen and tender from its violent contact with
+the stump that he mistook for the lion some nights before.
+
+He remarked something about hurting it in the crack of the door when
+playing with his children, and added:
+
+"Fred has become quite famous from the shrewd manner in which he
+captured the lion."
+
+"I don't see as he deserves any special credit for that," observed
+the mother, "for I understand the animal was such an old one that he
+was almost harmless, and then he was kind enough to walk into the
+smoke-house and give Fred just the chance he needed. I regard it rather
+as a piece of good fortune than a display of courage."
+
+"You are altogether too modest, Mrs. Sheldon--altogether too modest.
+Think of his stealing up to the open door of the smoke or milk-house
+when the creatur' was crunching bones inside! I tell you, Mrs. Sheldon,
+it took a great deal more courage than you will find in most men to do
+that."
+
+The lady was compelled to admit that it was a severe test of the
+bravery of a boy, but she insisted that Fred had been favored by
+Providence, or good fortune, as some called it.
+
+"What I want to come at," added Archie, clearing his throat again and
+spitting in his hat, mistaking it for the cuspidor on the other side,
+"is that I would be pleased if he could secure the reward which the
+Misses Perkinpine have offered for the recovery of their silverware, to
+say nothing of the money that was taken."
+
+"It would be too unreasonable to hope that he could succeed in such a
+task as that."
+
+"I'm not so sure, when you recollect that he saw the two parties who
+were engaged in the burglarious transaction. I thought maybe he might
+have some clew which would enable the officers of the law to lay their
+fingers on the guilty parties."
+
+Fred was half tempted to say that he had such a clew in his pocket that
+very minute, but he was wise enough to hold his peace.
+
+Once more the constable cleared his throat.
+
+"But such is not the fact--ah, excuse me--I thought that was the
+spittoon, instead of my hat--how stupid!--and to relieve his mind
+of the anxiety which I know he must feel, I have called to make a
+statement."
+
+Having said this much the visitor waited until he thought his auditors
+were fully impressed, when he added:
+
+"When this robbery was made known to me I sent to New York city at once
+for one of the most famous detectives, giving him full particulars
+and urging him to come without delay; but for some reason, which I
+cannot understand, Mr. Carter has neither come nor written--a very
+discourteous proceeding on his part, to say the least; so I undertook
+the whole business alone--that is, without asking the help of anyone."
+
+"I hope you have met with success," was the truthful wish expressed by
+Mrs. Sheldon.
+
+"I have, I am glad to inform you. I have found out who the man was
+that, in the disguise of a tramp, eat a meal at the house of the Misses
+Perkinpine on Monday evening, and who afterward entered the building
+stealthily, and with the assistance of a confederate carried off all
+their valuable silverware and a considerable amount of money."
+
+"You've fastened it on Bud, eh?" asked Fred, greatly interested.
+
+The constable looked impressively at the lad, and said:
+
+"There's where you make a great mistake; in fact, nothing in this world
+is easier than to make an error. I was sure it was Bud from what you
+told me, and you will remember I hinted as much to him on the day of
+the circus."
+
+"Yes, and he turned red in the face and was scared."
+
+"His face couldn't turn much redder than it is, and blushing under such
+circumstances can't always be taken as a proof of guilt; but I set to
+work and I found the guilty man."
+
+"And it wasn't Bud?"
+
+"He hadn't anything to do with it."
+
+"But there were two of them, for I saw them."
+
+"Of course; and I know the other man also."
+
+This was important news indeed, and mother and son could only stare at
+their visitor in amazement. The constable, with all the pomposity of
+which he was master, picked up his hat from the floor and arose to his
+feet.
+
+"Of course a detective doesn't go round the country boasting of what
+he has done and is going to do. Those who know me, know that I am one
+of the most modest of men and rarely speak of my many exploits. But I
+may tell you that you can prepare yourselves for one of the greatest
+surprises of your life."
+
+"When is it going to come?" asked Fred.
+
+"Very soon; in a day or two; maybe to-morrow; at any rate by Monday at
+the latest."
+
+Mrs. Sheldon saw that the fussy officer was anxious to tell more and
+needed but the excuse of a question or two from her.
+
+But she did not ask him anything, for with the intuition of her sex she
+had read his nature the first time she talked with him, and she had
+little faith in his high-sounding declaration of success.
+
+Still, she knew that it was not unlikely he had stumbled upon the
+truth, while groping about; but she could form no idea, of who the
+suspected parties were, and she allowed her visitor to bid her good
+evening without gaining any further knowledge of them.
+
+Archie was heard walking down the path and out the gate, still clearing
+his throat, and doubtless with his shoulders thrown to the rear so far
+that he was in danger of falling over backwards.
+
+Mrs. Sheldon smiled in her quiet way after his departure, and said:
+
+"I can't feel much faith in him, but it may be he has found who the
+guilty ones are."
+
+"I don't believe it," replied Fred, stoutly; "for, when he declares
+that Bud had nothing to do with it, I know he is wrong. Suppose I had
+taken out this knife and told him all about it, what would he have
+said?"
+
+"It wouldn't have changed his opinion, for he is one of those men whose
+opinions are set and very difficult to change. He is confident he is
+right, and we shall know what it all means in a short time."
+
+"Perhaps I will find out something to-morrow."
+
+"More than likely you will fail altogether----"
+
+To the surprise of both, they heard the gate open and shut again,
+another series of hastening steps sounded upon the gravel, and in a
+moment a quick, nervous rap came upon the door.
+
+"Archie has come back to tell us the rest of his story," said Fred,
+springing up to answer the summons; "I thought he couldn't go away
+without letting us know----"
+
+But the lad was mistaken, for, when he opened the door, who should he
+see standing before him but Cyrus Sutton, the cattle drover, and the
+intimate friend of Bud Heyland?
+
+He smiled pleasantly, doffed his hat, bowed and apologized for his
+intrusion, adding:
+
+"I am sure you hardly expected me, and I only came because it was
+necessary that I should meet you both. Ah!"
+
+Mrs. Sheldon had risen and advanced a couple of steps to greet her
+visitor, but, while the words were in her mouth she stopped short and
+looked wonderingly at him.
+
+And Cyrus Sutton did the same respecting her; Fred, beholding the
+interesting spectacle of the two, whom he had believed to be utter
+strangers, staring at each other, with a fixidity of gaze, followed the
+next moment by an expression of looks and words which showed that this
+was not the first time they had met.
+
+Fred's first emotion was that of resentment that such a worthless and
+evil-disposed man should presume to smile, extend his hand and say, as
+he advanced:
+
+"This is a surprise, indeed! I had no idea that Mrs. Sheldon was you."
+
+"And when I heard of Mr. Cyrus Sutton I never dreamed that it could be
+you," she answered.
+
+She was about to add something more when he motioned her not to speak
+the words that he had reason to believe were on her tongue, and Fred
+knew not whether to be still angrier or more amazed.
+
+Mr. Cyrus Sutton took the chair to which he was invited and began
+talking about unimportant matters which it was plain were of no
+interest to either and were introductory to something that was to
+follow.
+
+This continued several minutes, and then Mrs. Sheldon asked her visitor
+to excuse her for a minute or two while she accompanied her son to bed.
+
+"My dear boy," she said, after they were alone in his little room, and
+he was about to kneel to say his prayers, "you must not be displeased
+at what you saw to-night. I know Mr. Cyrus Sutton very well and he has
+called on some business which he wishes to discuss with me alone."
+
+"But he's a thief and robber," said Fred, "and I don't like to have him
+in the house unless I'm awake to take care of you."
+
+"You need have no fears about me," replied the mother, stroking back
+his hair and kissing the forehead of the manly fellow. "I would be
+willing to talk before you, but I saw that he preferred not to do so,
+and as the matter is all in my interest, which you know is yours, it is
+proper that I should show that much deference to him."
+
+"Well, it's all right if you say so," was the hearty response of Fred,
+who now knelt down and went through his prayers as usual.
+
+His mother kissed him good-night and descended the stairs, and in a few
+minutes the murmur of voices reached the ears of the lad, who could
+have crept part way down-stairs and heard everything said.
+
+But nothing in the world would have induced him to do such a
+dishonorable thing, and he finally sank to slumber, with the dim words
+sounding to him, as they do to us in dreams.
+
+In the morning his mother laughingly told him he would have to restrain
+his curiosity for a day or two, but she would tell him all as soon as
+Mr. Sutton gave his permission.
+
+Fred felt all the eagerness natural to one of his years to know the
+meaning of the strange visit, but he was content to wait his mother's
+own good time, when she could make known the strange story which he
+realized she would soon have to tell him.
+
+This day was Saturday, and Fred Sheldon determined to use it to the
+utmost, for he knew the singular incidents in which he had become
+involved were likely to press forward to some conclusion.
+
+After breakfast and his morning chores, he started down the road in
+the direction of the village, it being his intention to pass through
+or rather into the wood where Sutton and Bud Heyland had held their
+meeting of the night before.
+
+He had not reached the stretch of forest when he caught sight of
+Bud himself coming toward him on foot. The sombrero-like hat, the
+briar-wood pipe and the big boots, with the trousers tucked in the top,
+could be recognized as far as visible.
+
+The bully had not his whip with him, both hands being shoved low down
+in his trousers pockets. He slouched along until close to Fred, when he
+stopped, and, leaning on the fence, waited for the boy to come up.
+
+Fred would have been glad to avoid him, but there was no good way of
+doing so. He walked forward, whistling a tune, and made a move as if to
+go by, nodding his head and saying:
+
+"Halloo, Bud."
+
+"Hold on; don't be in a hurry," said the other, "I want to see you."
+
+"Well, what is it?" asked Fred, stopping before him.
+
+"You want to play the thief, do you?"
+
+"I don't know what you mean," replied Fred, a half-dozen misgivings
+stirring his fears.
+
+"How about that twenty dollars I gave you to get changed?"
+
+"I declare I forgot all about it," replied Fred, greatly relieved that
+it was no worse.
+
+"Did you get it changed?"
+
+"Yes, and here are your ten dollars."
+
+Bud took the bills and scanned them narrowly, and Fred started on again.
+
+"Hold on!" commanded the other; "don't be in such a hurry; don't start
+ahead agin till I tell you to. Did they ask you any questions when you
+got it changed?"
+
+"Nothing very particular, but changed it very gladly."
+
+"Who was it that done it for you?"
+
+"I told him the one who gave me the bill didn't wish me to answer any
+questions, and then this gentleman said it was all right, and just for
+the fun of the thing I mustn't tell anything about him."
+
+Bud Heyland looked at the fellow standing a few feet away as if he
+hardly understood what this meant. Finally he asked, in his gruff,
+dictatorial way:
+
+"Who was he?"
+
+"I cannot tell you."
+
+"You cannot? You've got to."
+
+"But I can't break my promise, Bud; I wouldn't tell a story to save my
+life."
+
+"Bah, that's some of your mother's stuff; I'll soon take it out of
+you," said the bully, advancing threateningly toward him. "If you don't
+tell me all about him I'll break every bone in your body."
+
+"You can do it then, for you won't find out."
+
+Believing that he would have to fight for his very life, as the bully
+could catch him before he could get away, Fred drew his knife from his
+pocket, intending to use it as a weapon of defense.
+
+While in the act of opening it, Bud Heyland caught sight of it, and
+with an exclamation of surprise, he demanded:
+
+"Where did you get that?"
+
+"I found it," replied Fred, who saw how he had forgotten himself in his
+fear; "is it yours?"
+
+"Let me look at it," said Bud, reaching out his hand for it. Fred
+hardly knew whether he ought to surrender such a weapon or not, but, as
+the interest of the bully seemed to center entirely in it, he thought
+it best to do so.
+
+Bud Heyland examined the jack-knife with great interest. One glance was
+enough for him to recognize it as his own. He opened the blades and
+shut them two or three times, and then dropped it into his pocket with
+the remark:
+
+"I'll take charge of that, I reckon."
+
+"Is it yours?"
+
+"I rather think it is, now," answered Bud, with an impudent grin!
+"Where did you find it?"
+
+"Down yonder," answered Fred, pointing in a loose kind of way toward
+the old brick mansion.
+
+"It was stole from me two weeks ago by a tramp, and it's funny that he
+lost it in this neighborhood. You can go now; I'll let you off this
+time, 'cause I'm so glad to get my old knife agin that was give to me
+two years ago."
+
+And to the surprise and delight of Fred Sheldon, he was allowed to pass
+on without further questioning.
+
+"I wonder whether I was wrong," said Fred, recalling the words of the
+bully; "he said he had it stolen from him two weeks ago by a tramp,
+and mother says that it isn't any proof that Bud is guilty because
+his knife was found there. Some one might have put it on the floor on
+purpose, and she says that just such things have been done before by
+persons who didn't want to be suspected."
+
+"That agrees with what the constable says, too," added the boy, still
+following the same line of thought, "he is sure he has got the right
+man and it isn't Bud or Cyrus Sutton. Bud is bad enough to do anything
+of the kind, but maybe I was mistaken."
+
+The lad was sorely puzzled, for matters were taking a shape which would
+have puzzled an older head than his. Everything he had seen and heard
+for the last few days confirmed his theory that Heyland and Sutton
+were the guilty ones, and now the theory was being upset in a singular
+fashion.
+
+Fred was in this mental muddle when he awoke to the fact that he had
+passed the boundary of the wood and would soon be beyond the place
+where he had intended to make some observations that day.
+
+"I don't know whether there's any use in my trying to do anything," he
+said, still bewildered over what he had seen and heard within the last
+few hours.
+
+Nevertheless, he did try hard, and we may say, succeeded, too.
+
+He first looked hastily about him, and seeing no one, turned around and
+ran back into the wood. He did not remain in the highway itself, but
+entered the undergrowth, where it would be difficult for any one in the
+road to detect him.
+
+"I noticed that when I spoke about coming here this morning, mother
+encouraged me, and told me to be careful, and so I will."
+
+He now began picking his way through the dense wood with the care of a
+veritable American Indian stealing upon the camp of an enemy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+EUREKA!
+
+
+This was the wood where Bud Heyland and Cyrus Sutton held their stolen
+interview the night before. The former was now in the immediate
+neighborhood, so that Fred Sheldon had reason to think something would
+be done in the same place before the close of day, or at most, before
+the rising of to-morrow's sun.
+
+No one could have been more familiar with this small stretch of forest
+than was our young hero, who did not take a great while to reach a
+point close to the other side.
+
+He was near the road which wound its way through it, but was on the
+watch to escape being seen by any one passing by.
+
+Having reached this point, Fred stood several minutes, uncertain what
+he ought to do. Evidently there was nothing to be gained by advancing
+further, nor by turning back, so he waited.
+
+"I wonder where Bud has gone. There is something in the wood which he
+is interested in----"
+
+The thought was not expressed when the rustling of leaves was heard,
+and Fred knew some one was near him. Afraid of being discovered, he
+shrank close to the trunk of a large tree, behind which he could hide
+himself the moment it became necessary.
+
+No doubt the person moving through the wood was using some care, but he
+did not know how to prevent the rustling of the leaves, and it is not
+likely he made much effort.
+
+At any rate the advantage was on the side of Fred, who, a minute later,
+caught sight of a slouchy sombrero and briarwood pipe moving along at
+a height of five feet or so above the ground, while now and then the
+motion of the huge boots was seen beneath.
+
+"It's Bud, and he's looking for something," was the conclusion of Fred,
+fairly trembling with excitement; "and it won't do for him to see me
+watching him."
+
+The trouble was that it was now broad daylight, and it is no easy
+matter for one to shadow a person without being observed; but Fred had
+the advantage of the shelter in the dense growth of shrubbery which
+prevailed in most parts of the wood.
+
+However, he was in mortal dread of discovery by Bud, for he believed
+the ugly fellow would kill him should he find him watching his
+movements.
+
+It was this fear which caused the lad to wait a minute or two after Bud
+Heyland had disappeared, and until the rustling of the leaves could no
+longer be heard.
+
+Then, with the utmost care, he began picking his way through the
+undergrowth, stopping suddenly when he caught the sound again.
+
+The wood was not extensive enough to permit a very extended hunt, and
+when Fred paused a second time he was sure the end was at hand.
+
+He was alarmed when he found, from the stillness, that Bud Heyland was
+not moving. Fred waited quietly, and then began slowly rising until he
+stood at his full height, and looked carefully around him.
+
+Nothing could be seen of the bully, though the watcher was confident he
+was not far off, and it would not do to venture any further just then.
+
+"If it was only the night time," thought Fred, "I wouldn't be so
+scared, for he might take me for a man; but it would never do for him
+to find me here."
+
+The sudden ceasing of the rustling, which had betrayed the passage of
+Bud Heyland a few minutes previous could not be anything else but proof
+that he was near by.
+
+"Maybe he suspects something, and is waiting to find whether he is
+seen by any one. Strange that in looking round he does not look up,"
+whispered Fred to himself, recalling an anecdote which he had once
+heard told in Sunday-school: "Bud looks everywhere but above, where
+there is that Eye which never sleeps, watching his wrong-doing."
+
+A boy has not the patience of a man accustomed to watching and waiting,
+and when several minutes had passed without any new developments, Fred
+began to get fidgety.
+
+"He has gone on further, and I have lost him; he has done this to lead
+me off, and I won't see anything more of him."
+
+But the boy was in error, and very speedily saw a good deal more of Bud
+Heyland than he wished.
+
+The rustling of the leaves, such as is heard when one is kicking them
+up as he walks along, aroused the watcher the next minute, and Fred
+stealthily arose, and scanned his surroundings.
+
+As he did so, he caught sight of Bud Heyland walking in such a
+direction that he was certain to pass close to him. Luckily the bully
+was looking another way at that moment, or he would have seen the
+scared face as is presented itself to view.
+
+As Fred dropped out of sight and hastily crept behind the large
+tree-trunk he felt that he would willingly give the two hundred dollars
+that he received in the way of a reward could he but be in any place
+half a mile or more away.
+
+It would never do to break into a run as he felt like doing, for then
+he would be sure to be discovered and captured, while there was a
+slight probability of not being seen if he should remain where he was.
+
+Shortly after Fred caught sight of a pair of huge boots stalking
+through the undergrowth, and he knew only too well what they contained.
+He shrank into as close quarters as possible, and prayed that he might
+not be noticed.
+
+The prayer was granted, although it will always remain a mystery to
+Fred Sheldon how it was Bud Heyland passed so very close to him and yet
+never turned his eyes from staring straight ahead.
+
+But Bud went on, vanished from sight, and in a few minutes the rattling
+of the dry leaves ceased and all was quiet. The sound of wagon wheels,
+as a vehicle moved over the road, was heard, and then all became still
+again.
+
+Not until sure the fellow was out of sight did Fred rise to his feet
+and move away from his hiding place. Then, instead of following Bud, he
+walked in the opposite direction.
+
+"He has been out here to hunt for something and didn't find it."
+
+Looking down to the ground the bright-eyed lad was able to see where
+Bud had stirred the leaves, as he carelessly walked along, no doubt
+oblivious of the fact that his own thoughtlessness might be used
+against him.
+
+"He's the only one who has been here lately, and I think I can track
+him through the wood. If he had been as careful as I, he wouldn't have
+left such tell-tale footprints."
+
+The work of trailing Bud, as it may be called, was not such an easy
+matter as Fred had supposed, for he soon found places where it was hard
+to tell whether or not the leaves had been disturbed by the boots of a
+person or the hoofs of some quadruped.
+
+But Fred persevered, and at the end of half an hour, by attentively
+studying the ground, he reached a point a little over two hundred yards
+from where he himself had been hiding, and where he was certain Bud
+Heyland had been.
+
+"Here's where he stopped, and after a while turned about and went back
+again," was the conclusion of Fred; "though I can't see what he did it
+for."
+
+It was no longer worth while to examine the ground, for there was
+nothing to be learned there, and Fred began studying the appearance of
+things above the earth.
+
+There were a number of varieties of trees growing about him--oak,
+maple, birch, chestnut and others, such as Fred had looked on many a
+time before, and nothing struck him as particularly worthy of notice.
+
+But, hold! only a short ways off was an oak, or rather the remains of
+one, for it had evidently been struck by lightning and shattered. It
+had never worn a comely appearance, for its trunk was covered with
+black, scraggy excrescences, like the warts which sometimes disfigure
+the human skin.
+
+Furthermore, the lower portion of the trunk was hollow, the width of
+the cavity being fully a foot at the base. The bolt from heaven had
+scattered the splinters, limbs and fragments in all directions, and no
+one could view this proof of the terrific power of that comparatively
+unknown force in nature without a shudder.
+
+Fred Sheldon stood looking around him until his eye rested on this
+interesting sight, when he viewed it some minutes more, with open eyes
+and mouth.
+
+Then, with a strange feeling, he walked slowly toward the remains of
+the trunk, and stepping upon one of the broken pieces, drew himself up
+and peered down into the hollow, rotten cavity.
+
+He had been standing in the sunshine but a short time before, and it
+takes the pupil of the eye some time to become adapted to such a sudden
+change.
+
+At first all was blank darkness, but shortly Fred saw something
+gleaming in the bottom of the opening. He thought it was that peculiar
+fungus growth known as "fox-fire," but his vision rapidly grew more
+distinct, and drawing himself further up, he reached down and touched
+the curious objects with his hand.
+
+Eureka!
+
+There was all the silver plate which had been stolen from the old brick
+mansion a few nights before. Not a piece was missing!
+
+Fred Sheldon had discovered it at last, and as he dropped back again
+on his feet, he threw his cap into the air and gave a shout, for just
+about that time he felt he was the happiest youngster in the United
+States of America!
+
+[Illustration: On finding the stolen silver, Fred threw his cap in the
+air and gave a shout.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+A SLIGHT MISTAKE.
+
+
+When Archibald Jackson, constable of Tottenville and the surrounding
+country, strode forth from the home of Widow Sheldon on the night of
+the call which we have described, he felt like "shaking hands with
+himself," for he was confident he had made one of the greatest strikes
+that ever came in the way of any one in his profession--a strike that
+would render him famous throughout the country, and even in the city of
+New York.
+
+"A man has to be born a detective," he said, as he fell over a
+wheelbarrow at the side of the road; "for without great natural gifts
+he cannot attain to preeminence, as it were, in his profession. I was
+born a detective, and would have beaten any of those fellows from Irish
+Yard or Welsh Yard or Scotland Yard, or whatever they call it.
+
+"Queer I never thought of it before, but that was always the trouble
+with me; I've been too modest," he added, as he climbed over the fence
+to pick up his hat, which a limb had knocked off; "but when this
+robbery at the Misses Perkinpine's occurred, instead of relying on my
+own brains I must send for Mr. Carter, and was worried half to death
+because he didn't come.
+
+"I s'pose he found the task was too gigantic for him, so he wouldn't
+run the risk of failure. Then for the first time I sot down and begun
+to use my brains. It didn't take me long to work the thing out; it came
+to me like a flash, as it always does to men of genius--confound that
+root; it's ripped the toe of my shoe off."
+
+But Archie was so elevated in the region of conceit and
+self-satisfaction that he could not be disturbed by the petty
+annoyances of earth; he strode along the road with his chest thrust
+forward and his head so high in air that it was no wonder his feet
+tripped and bothered him now and then.
+
+"I don't see any use of delaying the blow," he added, as he approached
+his home; "it will make a sensation to-morrow when the exposure is
+made. The New York papers will be full of it and they will send
+their reporters to interview me. They'll print a sketch of my life
+and nominate me for governor, and the illustrated papers will have
+my picture, and my wife Betsey will find what a man of genius her
+husband--ah! oh! I forgot about that post!"
+
+He was recalled to himself by a violent collision with the
+hitching-post in front of his own house, and picking up his hat and
+waiting until he could gain full command of his breath, he entered the
+bosom of his family fully resolved to "strike the blow" on the morrow,
+which should make him famous throughout the country.
+
+With the rising of the sun he found himself feeling more important
+than ever. Swallowing his breakfast hastily and looking at his bruised
+knuckles, he bade his family good-by, telling his wife if anybody
+came after him they should be told that the constable had gone away on
+imperative business.
+
+With this farewell Archie went to the depot, boarded the cars and
+started for the country town of Walsingham, fifty miles distant. He
+bought a copy of a leading daily, and after viewing the scenery for
+several miles, pretended to read, while he gave free rein to his
+imagination and drew a gorgeous picture of the near future.
+
+"To-morrow the papers will be full of it," he said, not noticing that
+several were smiling because he held the journal upside down, "and
+they'll want to put me on the force in New York. They've got to pay me
+a good salary if they get me--that's sartin."
+
+Some time after he drew forth a couple of legal documents, which
+he read with care, as he had read them a score of times. They were
+correctly-drawn papers calling for the arrest of two certain parties.
+
+"The warrants are all right," mused the officer, as he replaced them
+carefully in the inside pocket of his coat, "and the two gentlemen--and
+especially one of them--will open his eyes when I place my hand on his
+shoulder and tell him he is wanted."
+
+A couple of hours later, the constable left the cars at the town of
+Walsingham, which was in the extreme corner of the county that also
+held Tottenville, and walked in his pompous fashion toward that portion
+where Colonel Bandman's menagerie and circus were making ready for the
+usual display.
+
+It was near the hour of noon, and the regular street parade had taken
+place, and the hundreds of people from the country were tramping back
+and forth, crunching peanuts, eating lunch and making themselves ill on
+the diluted stuff sold under the name of lemonade.
+
+The constable paid scarcely any heed to these, but wended his way to
+the hotel, where he inquired for Colonel Bandman, the proprietor of the
+establishment which was creating such an excitement through the country.
+
+Archie was told that he had just sat down to dinner, whereupon he said
+he would wait until the gentleman was through, as he did not wish to be
+too severe upon him. Then the officer occupied a chair by the window on
+the inside, and feeling in his pockets, to make sure the warrants were
+there, he kept an eye on the dining-room, to be certain the proprietor
+did not take the alarm and get away.
+
+After a long time Colonel Bandman, a tall, well-dressed gentleman, came
+forth, hat in hand, and looked about him, as if he expected to meet
+some one.
+
+"Are you the gentleman who was inquiring for me?" he asked, advancing
+toward the constable, who rose to his feet, and with all the
+impressiveness of manner which he could assume, said, as he placed his
+hand on his shoulder:
+
+"Colonel James Bandman, you are my prisoner!"
+
+The other donned his hat, looked somewhat surprised, as was natural,
+and with his eyes fixed on the face of the constable, asked:
+
+"On what charge am I arrested?"
+
+"Burglary."
+
+"Let me see the warrant."
+
+"Oh, that's all right," said Mr. Jackson, drawing forth a document from
+his pocket and opening it before him; "read it for yourself."
+
+The colonel glanced at it for a moment, and said with a half smile:
+
+"My name is not mentioned there; that calls upon you to arrest Thomas
+Gibby, who is my ticket agent."
+
+"Oh, ah--that's the wrong paper; here's the right one."
+
+With which he gave Colonel James Bandman the pleasure of reading the
+document, which, in due and legal form, commanded Archibald Jackson to
+take the gentleman into custody.
+
+"I presume the offense is bailable?" asked the colonel, with an odd
+smile.
+
+"Certainly, certainly, sir; I will accompany you before a magistrate
+who will fix your bail. Where can I find Mr. Gibby?"
+
+"I will bring him, if you will excuse me for a minute."
+
+Colonel Bandman started to enter the hotel again, but the vigilant
+constable caught his arm:
+
+"No you don't; I'll stay with you, please; we'll go together; I don't
+intend you shall slip through my fingers."
+
+The colonel was evidently good-natured, for he only laughed and then,
+allowing the officer to take his arm, started for the dining-room, but
+unexpectedly met the individual whom they wanted in the hall.
+
+When Gibby had been made acquainted with the business of the
+severe-looking official he was disposed to get angry, but a word and a
+suggestive look from Colonel Bandman quieted him, and the two walked
+with the officer in the direction of a magistrate.
+
+"I've got this thing down fine on you," ventured Mr. Jackson, by way of
+helping them to a feeling of resignation, "the proofs of the nefarious
+transaction in which you were engaged being beyond question."
+
+Colonel Bandman made no answer, though his companion muttered something
+which their custodian did not catch. As they walked through the street
+they attracted some attention, but it was only a short distance to the
+magistrate's office, where the official listened attentively to the
+complaints. When made aware of its character he turned smilingly toward
+the chief prisoner and said:
+
+"Well, colonel, what have you to say to this?"
+
+"I should like to ask Mr. Jackson on what grounds he bases his charge
+of burglary against me."
+
+"The house of the Misses Perkinpine, near Tottenville, in this county,
+was robbed of a lot of valuable silver plate and several hundred
+dollars in money on Monday night last. It was the night before the
+circus showed in that town. Fortunately for the cause of justice the
+two parties were seen and identified, especially the one who did the
+actual robbing. A bright young boy, who is very truthful, saw the
+robber at his work, identified him as the ungrateful wretch who was
+given his supper by the two excellent ladies, whom he basely robbed
+afterward. The description of the pretended tramp corresponds exactly
+with that of Colonel Bandman--so closely, indeed, that there can be
+no mistake about him. The account of his confederate is not so full,
+but it is sufficient to identify him as Mr. Gibby, there. When I was
+assured beyond all mistake that they were the two wretches I took out
+them warrants in proper form, as you will find, and I now ask that they
+may be held to await the action of the grand jury."
+
+Having delivered himself of this rather grandiloquent speech, Mr.
+Jackson bowed to the court and stepped back to allow the accused to
+speak.
+
+Colonel Bandman, instead of doing so, turned to the magistrate and
+nodded for him to say something. That official, addressing himself to
+the constable, asked:
+
+"You are certain this offense was committed on last Monday evening?"
+
+"There can be no possible mistake about it."
+
+"And it was done by these two?"
+
+"That is equally sartin."
+
+"If one is guilty both are; if one is innocent so is the other?"
+
+"Yes, sir; if you choose to put it that way."
+
+"It becomes my duty to inform you then, Mr. Jackson, that Colonel
+Bandman has not been out of the town of Walsingham for the past six
+weeks; he is an old schoolmate of mine, and on last Monday night he
+stayed in my house with his wife and daughter. This complaint is
+dismissed, and the best thing you can do is to hasten home by the next
+train. Good day, sir."
+
+Archie wanted to say something, but he could think of nothing
+appropriate, and, catching up his hat, he made haste to the station
+where he boarded the cars without a ticket. He was never known to refer
+to his great mistake afterward unless some one else mentioned it, and
+even then the constable always seemed anxious to turn the subject to
+something else.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+ALL IN GOOD TIME.
+
+
+Between nine and ten o'clock on the Saturday evening succeeding the
+incidents I have described, a wagon similar to the one wrecked the
+night before, drove out of Tottenville with two persons on the front
+seat.
+
+The driver was Jacob Kincade, who, having safely passed the recaptured
+lion over to Colonel Bandman, secured a couple of days' leave of
+absence and hurried back to Tottenville, where he engaged the team,
+and, accompanied by Bud Heyland, drove out in the direction of the wood
+where matters went so unsatisfactorily when Bud assumed charge.
+
+"I was awful 'fraid you wouldn't come to time," said Bud, when they
+were fairly beyond the village, "which is why I tried to run the
+machine myself and got things mixed. Sutton insisted on waiting till
+you arriv', but when he seen how sot I was he give in and 'greed to
+meet me at the place."
+
+"That was all well enough," observed Mr. Kincade; "but there's some
+things you tell me which I don't like. You said some one was listening
+behind the fence the other night when you and Sutton was talking about
+this business."
+
+"That's so; but Sutton showed me afterwards that the man, who was short
+and stumpy, couldn't have heard anything that would let him know what
+he was driving at. We have a way of talking that anybody else might
+hear every word and yet he wouldn't understand it. That's an idee of
+mine."
+
+"But you said some one--and I've no doubt it's the same chap--was
+whistling round the wood last night and scared you, so you made up your
+mind to wait till to-night."
+
+"That rather got me, but Sut says that no man that 'spected anything
+wrong would go whistling round the woods in that style. That ain't the
+way detectives do."
+
+"Maybe not, but are you sure there ain't any of them detectives about?"
+
+"Me and Sut have been on the watch, and there hasn't been a stranger
+in the village that we don't know all about. That's the biggest joke I
+ever heard of," laughed Bud, "that 'ere Jackson going out to Walsingham
+and arresting the colonel and Gibby."
+
+"Yes," laughed Kincade, "it took place just as I was coming away. I
+wish they'd locked up the colonel for awhile, just for the fun of the
+thing. But he and Gibby were discharged at once. I came on in the same
+train with Jackson, though I didn't talk with him about it, for I saw
+he felt pretty cheap.
+
+"However," added Kincade, "that's got nothing to do with this business,
+which I feel a little nervous over. It was a mighty big load for us to
+get out in the wood last Monday night, and I felt as though my back
+was broke when we put the last piece in the tree. S'pose somebody has
+found it!"
+
+"No danger of that," said Bud. "I was out there to-day and seen that it
+was all right."
+
+"Sure nobody was watching you?"
+
+"I took good care of that. We'll find it there just as we left it, and
+after we get it into the wagon we'll drive over to Tom Carmen's and
+he'll dispose of it for us."
+
+Tom Carmen lived at the "Four Corners," as the place was called, and
+had the reputation of being engaged in more than one kind of unlawful
+business. It was about ten miles off, and the thieves intended to drive
+there and place their plunder in his hands, he agreeing to melt it up
+and give them full value, less a small commission for his services.
+
+The arrangement with Carmen had not been made until after the robbery,
+which accounts for the hiding of the spoils for several days. It did
+not take long, however, to come to an understanding with him, and the
+plunder would have been taken away the preceding night by Bud Heyland
+and Cyrus Sutton but for the mishaps already mentioned.
+
+"You're sure Sutton will be there?" asked Kincade, as they approached
+the wood.
+
+"You can depend on him every time," was the confident response; "he
+was to go out after dark to make sure that no one else is prowling
+around. He's one of the best fellows I ever met," added Bud, who was
+enthusiastic over his new acquaintance; "we've fixed up half a dozen
+schemes that we're going into as soon as we get this off our hands."
+
+"Am I in?"
+
+"Of course," said Bud; "the gang is to be us three, and each goes in
+on the ground floor. We're going to make a bigger pile than Colonel
+Bandman himself, even with all his menagerie and circus."
+
+"I liked Sutton--what little I seen of him," said Kincade.
+
+"Oh, he's true blue--well, here we are."
+
+Both ceased talking as they entered the shadow of the wood, for, bad
+as they were, they could not help feeling somewhat nervous over the
+prospect.
+
+The weather had been clear and pleasant all the week, and the stars
+were shining in an unclouded sky, in which there was no moon. A few
+minutes after they met a farmer's wagon, which was avoided with some
+difficulty, as it was hard to see each other, but the two passed in
+safety, and reached the spot they had in mind.
+
+Here Bud Heyland took the reins, because he knew the place so well, and
+drew the horse aside until he and the vehicle would clear any team that
+might come along.
+
+To prevent any such accident as that of the preceding night the animal
+was secured, and the man and big boy stepped carefully a little further
+into the wood, Bud uttering the same signal as before.
+
+It was instantly answered from a point near at hand, and the next
+minute Cyrus Sutton came forward, faintly visible as he stepped close
+to them and spoke:
+
+"I've been waiting more than two hours, and thought I heard you coming
+a half dozen times."
+
+He shook hands with Kincade and Bud, the latter asking:
+
+"Is everything all right?"
+
+"Yes, I've had my eyes open, you may depend."
+
+"Will there be any risk in leaving the horse here?" asked Kincade.
+
+"None at all--no one will disturb him."
+
+"Then we had better go on, for there's a pretty good load to carry."
+
+"I guess I can find the way best," said Bud, taking the lead. "I've
+been over the route so often I can follow it with my eyes shut."
+
+Sutton was also familiar with it, and though it cost some trouble
+and not a little care, they advanced without much difficulty. Bud
+regretted that he had not brought his bull's eye lantern with him,
+and beyond question it would have been of service, but Sutton said it
+might attract attention, and it was better to get along without it if
+possible.
+
+The distance was considerable, and all of half an hour was taken in
+making their way through the wood, the darkness being such in many
+places that they had to hold their hands in front of them to escape
+collision with limbs and trunks of trees.
+
+"Here we are!"
+
+It was Bud Heyland who spoke, and in the dim light his companions saw
+that he was right. There was a small, natural clearing, which enabled
+them to observe the blasted oak without difficulty.
+
+The little party stood close by the hiding-place of the plunder that
+had been taken from the old brick mansion several nights before.
+
+"You can reach down to it, can't you?" asked Sutton, addressing Bud
+Heyland.
+
+"Yes; it's only a little ways down."
+
+"Hand it out, then," added Kincade; "I shan't feel right till we have
+all this loot safely stowed away with Tom Carmen at the 'Four Corners.'"
+
+"All right," responded Bud, who immediately thrust his head and
+shoulders into the cavity.
+
+He remained in this bent position less than a minute, when he jerked
+out his head as though some serpent had struck at him with his fangs,
+and exclaimed:
+
+"It's all gone!"
+
+"What?" gasped Jake Kincade.
+
+"Somebody has taken everything away----"
+
+In the dim light, Bud Heyland at that juncture observed something which
+amazed him still more. Instead of two men there were three, and two of
+them were struggling fiercely together.
+
+These were Cyrus Sutton and Jacob Kincade, but the struggle was short.
+In a twinkling the showman was thrown on his back, and the nippers
+placed on his wrists.
+
+"It's no use," said Sutton, as he had called himself, in a low voice;
+"the game is up, Jacob."
+
+Before Bud Heyland could understand that he and Kincade were entrapped,
+the third man sprang forward and manipulated the handcuffs so
+dexterously that Bud quickly realized he was a helpless captive.
+
+This third man was Archie Jackson, the constable, who could not avoid
+declaring in a louder voice than was necessary.
+
+"We've got you both, and you may as well take it like men. This
+gentleman whom you two took for Cyrus Sutton, a cattle drover, is my
+old friend James Carter, the detective, from New York."
+
+And such was the truth indeed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+HOW IT WAS DONE.
+
+
+As was intimated at the close of the preceding chapter, the individual
+who has figured thus far as Cyrus Sutton, interested in the cattle
+business, was in reality James Carter, the well-known detective of the
+metropolis.
+
+When he received word from Archie Jackson of the robbery that had been
+committed near Tottenville, he went out at once to the little town to
+investigate. Mr. Carter was a shrewd man, who understood his business,
+and he took the precaution to go in such a disguise that the fussy
+little constable never once suspected his identity. The detective
+wished to find out whether it would do to trust the officer, and he was
+quick to see that if Jackson was taken into his confidence, he would be
+likely to spoil everything, from his inability to keep a secret.
+
+So the real detective went to work in his own fashion, following up the
+clews with care, and allowing Jackson to disport himself as seemed best.
+
+He was not slow to fix his suspicions on the right parties, and he then
+devoted himself to winning the confidence of Bud Heyland. It would
+have been an easy matter to fasten the guilt on this bad boy, but the
+keen-witted officer was quick to perceive that he had struck another
+and more important trail, which could not be followed to a successful
+conclusion without the full confidence of young Heyland.
+
+He learned that Bud was being used as a tool by other parties, who
+were circulating counterfeit money, and Jacob Kincade was one of the
+leaders, with the other two who composed the company in New York. The
+detectives in that city were put to work and captured the knaves almost
+at the same time that Bud and Kincade were taken.
+
+It required a little time for Mr. Carter to satisfy himself beyond
+all mistake that the two named were the ones who were engaged in the
+dangerous pursuit of "shoving" spurious money, and he resolved that
+when he moved he would have the proof established beyond a shadow of
+doubt.
+
+He easily drew the most important facts from Bud, and thus it will be
+seen the recovery of the stolen silverware became secondary to the
+detection of the dealers in counterfeit money.
+
+The officer was annoyed by the failure of Kincade to appear on the
+night he agreed, and was fearful lest he suspected something and would
+keep out of the way. He could have taken him at the time Fred Sheldon
+was paid his reward, for he knew the showman at that time had a lot of
+bad money in his possession, though he paid good bills to Fred, who, it
+will be remembered, placed them in the hands of Squire Jones.
+
+Bud was determined to exchange bad currency for this, and waylaid
+Fred for that purpose, but failed, for the reason already given. He,
+however, gave Fred twenty dollars to change, which it will also be
+remembered fell into the hands of the detective a few minutes later,
+and was one of the several links in the chain of evidence that was
+forged about the unsuspecting youth and his employer.
+
+Then Bud, like many beginners in actual transgression, became careless,
+and worked off a great deal of the counterfeit money in the village
+where he was staying, among the lot being the one hundred dollars which
+he paid the liveryman for wrecking his wagon.
+
+When Fred Sheldon came into the village to claim his reward for
+securing the estray lion, Cyrus Sutton, as he was known, who was
+sitting on the hotel porch, became interested in him. He scrutinized
+him sharply, but avoided asking him any questions. It was natural,
+however, that he should feel some curiosity, and he learned that
+what he suspected was true; the boy was the child of Mary Sheldon,
+who was the widow of George Sheldon, killed some years before on the
+battle-field.
+
+George Sheldon and James Carter had been comrades from the beginning of
+the war until the former fell while fighting for his country. The two
+had "drank from the same canteen," and were as closely bound together
+as if brothers. Carter held the head of Sheldon when he lay dying, and
+sent the last message to his wife, who had also been a schoolmate of
+Carter's.
+
+An aptitude which the latter showed in tracing crime and wrong-doers
+led him into the detective business, and he lost sight of the widow of
+his old friend and their baby boy, until drawn to Tottenville in the
+pursuit of his profession.
+
+He reproached himself that he did not discover the truth sooner, but
+when he found that Mrs. Sheldon was absent he could only wait until she
+returned, and as we have shown, he took the first occasion to call upon
+her and renew the acquaintance of former years.
+
+But the moment Carter identified the brave little fellow who had earned
+his reward for capturing the wild beast he made up his mind to do a
+generous thing for him and his mother; he was determined that if it
+could possibly be brought about Fred should receive the five hundred
+dollars reward offered for the recovery of the silver plate stolen from
+the Misses Perkinpine.
+
+Circumstances already had done a good deal to help him in his laudable
+purpose, for, as we have shown, Fred had witnessed the robbery, and, in
+fact, had been brought in contact with both of the guilty parties.
+
+Mr. Carter was afraid to take Fred into his entire confidence, on
+account of his tender years; and though he was an unusually bright and
+courageous lad, the detective was reluctant to bring him into any more
+intimate association with crime than was necessary from the service he
+intended to do him.
+
+As he was too prudent to trust the constable, Archie Jackson, it will
+be seen that he worked entirely alone until the night that Mrs. Sheldon
+returned home.
+
+Then he called upon her and told her his whole plans, for he knew that
+Fred inherited a good deal of his bravery from her, and though it
+was contrary to his rule to make a confidant of any one, he did not
+hesitate to tell her all.
+
+She was deeply grateful for the kindness he contemplated, though
+she was not assured that it was for the best to involve Fred as was
+proposed.
+
+The detective, however, succeeded in overcoming her scruples, and they
+agreed upon the plan of action.
+
+The boy was encouraged to make his hunt in the wood, for Carter had
+already learned from Bud Heyland that the plunder was hidden somewhere
+in it, and he had agreed to assist in bringing it forth, though Bud
+would not agree to show him precisely where it was, until the time
+should come for taking it away.
+
+When Fred found the hiding place he was so overjoyed that for awhile he
+did not know what to do; finally he concluded, as a matter of safety,
+to remove and hide it somewhere else.
+
+Accordingly he tugged and lifted the heavy pieces out one by one, and
+then carried them all some distance, placed them on the ground at the
+foot of a large beech tree and covered them up as best he could with
+leaves.
+
+This took him until nearly noon, when he ran home to tell his mother
+what he had done. Within the next hour James Carter knew it and he
+laughed with satisfaction.
+
+"It was the wisest thing that could have been done."
+
+"Why so?" asked the widow.
+
+"Don't you see he has already earned the reward, and, what is more, he
+shall have it, too. He has recovered the plate without the slightest
+assistance from any one."
+
+"But the thieves have not been caught."
+
+"That is my work; I will attend to that."
+
+"And what shall Fred do?"
+
+"Keep him home to-night, give him a good supper and put him to bed
+early, and tell him it will be all right in the morning."
+
+Mrs. Sheldon did not feel exactly clear that it was "all right," but
+the good-hearted Carter had a way of carrying his point, and he would
+not listen to any argument from her.
+
+So she performed her part of the programme in spirit and letter, and
+when Fred Sheldon closed his eyes in slumber that Saturday evening
+it was in the belief that everything would come out as his mother
+promised, even though he believed that one of the guiltiest of the
+criminals was the man known as Cyrus Sutton.
+
+Mrs. Sheldon wanted to tell the little fellow the whole story that
+night, but the detective would not consent until the "case was closed."
+
+When Archie Jackson was called upon late in the afternoon by James
+Carter and informed how matters stood, he was dumfounded for several
+minutes. It seemed like doubting his own senses, to believe that the
+cattle drover was no other than the famous New York detective, but he
+was convinced at last, and entered with great ardor into the scheme for
+the capture of the criminals.
+
+Mr. Carter impressed upon the constable the fact that the offered
+reward had already been earned by Master Fred Sheldon. Archie was
+disposed to demur, but finally, with some show of grace, he gave in and
+said he would be pleased to extend his congratulations to the young
+gentleman.
+
+A little judicious flattery on the part of the detective convinced
+Archie that a point had been reached in the proceedings, where his
+services were indispensable, and that, if the two law breakers were
+to be captured, it must be through the help of the brave Tottenville
+constable, who would receive liberal compensation for his assistance.
+
+Accordingly, Archie was stationed near the spot where it was certain
+Bud Heyland and Jacob Kincade would appear, later in the evening.
+
+At a preconcerted signal, he sprang from his concealment, and the
+reader has learned that he performed his part in really creditable
+style.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+AN ATTEMPTED RESCUE.
+
+
+Now since the reader knows how it happened that Archie Jackson and he
+who had masqueraded under the name of Cyrus Sutton chanced to be at
+this particular spot in the woods when the thieves would have removed
+their booty, and also why the silver could not be found by these
+worthies, it is necessary to return to the place where the arrest was
+made.
+
+Bud Heyland did not take kindly to the idea of being a prisoner. None
+knew better than himself the proofs which could be brought against him,
+and, after the first surprise passed away, his only thought was of how
+he might escape.
+
+While the valiant Archie stood over him in an attitude of triumph, the
+detective was holding a short but very concise conversation with the
+second captive.
+
+"I'll make you smart for this," Bud heard Kincade say. "Things have
+come to a pretty pass when a man who is invited by a friend to stop on
+the road a minute in order to look for a whip that was lost while we
+were hunting for the lion, gets treated in this manner by a couple of
+drunken fools."
+
+Taking his cue from the speech, Bud added in an injured tone:
+
+"That's a fact. I was on my way to join the show; but thought it might
+be possible to find the whip, for it belongs to Colonel Bandman, an' he
+kicked because I left it."
+
+"After the plans we have laid, Heyland, do you think it is well to try
+such a story on me," Carter asked sternly.
+
+"I don't know what you're talkin' about. Jake has told how we happened
+to come here."
+
+"He didn't explain why you wanted Fred Sheldon to change a
+twenty-dollar bill for you, nor how it happened that you had an hundred
+dollars to pay for the wagon which was smashed."
+
+"I've got nothing to do with any counterfeit money that has been
+passed, and I defy you to prove it," Kincade cried, energetically.
+
+"Who said anything about counterfeits?" the detective asked, sternly.
+"It will be well for you to keep your mouth shut, unless you want to
+get deeper in the mire than you are already. It so chances, however,
+that I have ample proof of your connection with the robbery, aside from
+what Bud may have let drop, and, in addition, will show how long you
+have been engaged in the business of passing worthless money, so there
+is no need of any further talk. Will you walk to the road, or shall we
+be forced to carry you?"
+
+This question was asked because Bud had seated himself as if intending
+to remain for some time; but he sprung to his feet immediately, so
+thoroughly cowed, that he would have attempted to obey any command,
+however unreasonable, in the hope of finding favor in the sight of his
+captors.
+
+"We've got to do what you say, for awhile, anyhow," Kincade replied,
+sulkily; "but somebody will suffer because of this outrage."
+
+"I'll take the chances," Carter replied, laughingly. "Step out lively,
+for I intend to get some sleep to-night."
+
+"Hold on a minute," the fussy little constable cried, as he ran to the
+side of the detective and whispered:
+
+"I think we should take the silver with us. There may be more of this
+gang who will come after it when they find we have nabbed these two."
+
+"I fancy it's safe," was the careless reply, "and whether it is or not,
+we must wait until we see Fred again, for I haven't the slightest idea
+where he hid it."
+
+"But, you see----"
+
+"Now, don't fret, my friend," the detective interrupted, determined
+that Fred should take the silver himself to the maiden ladies. "You
+have conducted the case so admirably thus far that it would be a shame
+to run the risk of spoiling the job by loitering here where there may
+be an attempt at a rescue."
+
+This bit of flattery, coupled with the intimation that there might be a
+fight, caused Archie to remain silent. He was eager to be in town where
+he could relate his wonderful skill in trapping the thieves, as well as
+his fear lest there should be a hand-to-hand encounter with desperate
+men, and these desires caused him to make every effort to land the
+prisoners in jail.
+
+He even lost sight of the reward, for the time being, through the
+anxiety to sing his own praises, and in his sternest tones, which were
+not very dreadful, by the way, he urged Bud forward.
+
+"If you make the slightest show of trying to run away, I'll put a dozen
+bullets in your body," he said, and then, as he reached for his weapon
+to further intimidate the prisoner, he discovered, to his chagrin,
+that, as on a previous occasion, his revolver was at home; but in its
+place, put there while he labored under great excitement, was the
+tack-hammer, symbol of his trade as bill-poster.
+
+The two men went toward the road very meekly, evidently concluding that
+submission was the best policy, and for once Carter made a mistake.
+
+Having worked up the case to such a satisfactory conclusion, and
+believing these were the only two attachés of the circus in the
+vicinity, he allowed Archie Jackson to manage matters from this point.
+
+The valiant constable, thinking only of the glory with which he would
+cover himself as soon as he was at the hotel amid a throng of his
+acquaintances, simply paid attention to the fact that the prisoners
+were marching properly in front of him, heeding not the rumble of
+distant wheels on the road beyond.
+
+Kincade heard them, however, and he whispered softly to Bud:
+
+"There's just a chance that some of our people are coming. I heard
+Colonel Bandman say he should send Albers and Towsey back to look up
+some harness that was left to be repaired, and this is about the time
+they ought to be here."
+
+"Much good it will do us with that fool of a Jackson ready to shoot,
+the first move we make," Bud replied petulantly.
+
+"Go on without so much talk," Archie cried fiercely, from the rear.
+"You can't play any games on me."
+
+"From what I've heard, you know pretty well how a man can shoot in the
+dark, an' I'll take my chances of gettin' a bullet in the back rather
+than go to jail for ten years or so. When I give the word, run the best
+you know how."
+
+Bud promised to obey; but from the tone of his voice it could be told
+that he had much rather shoot at a person than act as target himself,
+and Archie ordered the prisoners to quicken their speed.
+
+Carter was several paces in the rear, remaining in the background in
+order, for the better carrying out of his own plans in regard to Fred,
+it should appear as if the constable was the commanding officer, and
+when the party arrived at the edge of the road where Bud had fastened
+the horse, the rumble of the approaching team could be heard very
+distinctly.
+
+"Now's our time! Run for your life!" Kincade whispered, staring up
+the road at the same instant, and as Bud followed at full speed both
+shouted for help at the utmost strength of their lungs.
+
+It was as if this daring attempt at escape deprived Archie of all power
+of motion. He lost several valuable seconds staring after his vanishing
+prisoners in speechless surprise, and followed this officer-like
+proceeding by attempting to shoot the fugitives with the tack-hammer.
+
+Carter, although not anticipating anything of the kind, had his wits
+about him, and, rushing past the bewildered constable, darted up the
+road in silence. He was well armed; but did not care to run the risk of
+killing one of the thieves, more especially since he felt positive of
+overtaking both in a short time, owing to the fact that the manacles
+upon their wrists would prevent them from any extraordinary speed.
+
+Neither Bud nor Kincade ceased to call for help, and almost before
+Carter was well in pursuit a voice from the oncoming team could be
+heard saying:
+
+"That's some of our crowd. I'm sure nobody but Jake could yell so loud."
+
+"It _is_ me!" Kincade shouted. "Hold hard, for there are a couple of
+officers close behind!"
+
+By the sounds which followed, Carter understood that the new-comers
+were turning their wagon, preparatory to carrying the arrested parties
+in the opposite direction, and he cried to the valiant Archie, who as
+yet had not collected his scattered senses sufficiently to join in the
+pursuit:
+
+"Bring that team on here, and be quick about it!"
+
+Now, to discharge a weapon would be to imperil the lives of the new
+actors on the scene, and this was not to be thought of for a moment.
+Carter strained every muscle to overtake his prisoners before they
+could clamber into the wagon; but in vain.
+
+Even in the gloom he could see the dark forms of the men as they leaped
+into the rear of the vehicle, and in another instant the horse was off
+at a full gallop in the direction from which he had just come.
+
+For the detective to go on afoot would have been folly, and once more
+he cried for Archie to bring the team, which had been left by the
+roadside when Kincade and Bud arrived.
+
+The little constable had by this time managed to understand at least
+a portion of what was going on around him, and, in a very bungling
+fashion, was trying to unfasten the hitching-rein; but he made such a
+poor job of it that Carter was forced to return and do the work himself.
+
+"Get in quickly," the detective said, sharply, as he led the horse into
+the road, and following Archie, the two were soon riding at a mad pace
+in pursuit, regardless alike of possible vehicles to be met, or the
+danger of being overturned.
+
+"Why didn't you shoot 'em when you had the chance?" Archie asked, as
+soon as he realized the startling change in the condition of affairs.
+
+"Because that should be done only when a man is actually in fear of his
+life, or believes a dangerous prisoner cannot be halted in any other
+way."
+
+"But that was the only chance of stoppin' them fellers."
+
+"I'll have them before morning," was the quiet reply, as the driver
+urged the horse to still greater exertions. "Those men have been
+traveling a long distance, while our animal is fresh, therefore it's
+only a question of time; but how does it happen that you didn't shoot?
+I left the fellows in your charge."
+
+"I was out putting up some bills this afternoon, and had my hammer with
+me, of course. When we got ready for this trip, I felt on the outside
+of my hip pocket, and made sure it was my revolver that formed such a
+bunch."
+
+"Another time I should advise you to be certain which of your many
+offices you intend to represent," Carter said, quietly. "I'm not
+positive, however, that we haven't cause to be thankful, for somebody
+might have been hurt."
+
+"There's no question about it, if I had been armed," was the reply, in
+a blood-thirsty tone, for Archie was rapidly recovering his alleged
+courage.
+
+"And I, being in the rear, stood as good a chance of receiving the
+bullet as did the men."
+
+"You have never seen me shoot," the little constable said, proudly.
+
+"Fortunately, I never did," Carter replied, and then the conversation
+ceased, as they were at the forks of a road where it was necessary to
+come to a halt in order to learn in which direction the fugitives had
+gone.
+
+This was soon ascertained, and as the detective applied the whip
+vigorously, he said, warningly:
+
+"Now keep your wits about you, for we are where they will try to give
+us the slip, and it is more than possible Heyland and Kincade may jump
+out of the wagon, leaving us to follow the team, while they make good
+their escape."
+
+Archie tried very hard to do as he was commanded; he stared into
+darkness, able now and then to distinguish the outlines of the vehicle
+in advance, and at the same time was forced to exert all his strength
+to prevent being thrown from his seat, so recklessly was Carter driving.
+
+"We'll be upset," he finally said, in a mild tone of protest. "The road
+seems to be very rough, and there must be considerable danger in going
+at such a pace."
+
+"No more for us than for them. I'll take a good many chances rather
+than go back to Tottenville and admit that we allowed two prisoners to
+escape after we had them ironed."
+
+The little constable had nothing more to say. He also thought it would
+be awkward to explain to his particular friends how, after such a
+marvelous piece of detective work, the criminals had got free. This,
+coupled with the story of his bruised hand, would give the fun-loving
+inhabitants of the village an opportunity to make his life miserable
+with pointless jokes and alleged witticisms, therefore he shut his
+teeth firmly, resolved not to make any further protest even though
+convinced that his life was actually in danger.
+
+During half an hour the chase continued, and for at least twenty
+minutes of this time the pursuers were so near the pursued that it
+would have been impossible for either occupant of the wagon to leap out
+unnoticed.
+
+Now the foremost horse was beginning to show signs of fatigue, owing to
+previous travel and the unusual load. Both whip and voice was used to
+urge him on; but in vain, and Carter said, in a low tone to Archie:
+
+"The chase is nearly ended! Be ready to leap out the instant we stop."
+Then, drawing his revolver, he cried, "There's no chance of your
+giving us the slip. Pull up, or I shall fire! If the prisoners are
+delivered to me at once there will be nothing said regarding the effort
+to aid them in escaping; but a delay of five minutes will result in
+imprisonment for the whole party."
+
+Kincade's friends evidently recognized the folly of prolonging the
+struggle, and, to save themselves from possible penalties of the law,
+the driver shouted:
+
+"I'll pull up. Look out that you don't run into us!"
+
+It required no great effort to bring both the panting steeds to a
+stand-still, and in a twinkling Carter was standing at one side of the
+vehicle with his revolver in hand, while Archie, with a boldness that
+surprised him afterward, stationed himself directly opposite, holding
+the tack-hammer as if on the point of shooting the culprits.
+
+Kincade realized that it was best to submit to the inevitable with
+a good grace, and he descended from the wagon, saying to the little
+constable as he did so:
+
+"Don't shoot! I'll agree to go peacefully."
+
+"Then see that you behave yourself, or I'll blow the whole top of your
+head off," Archie replied, in a blood-thirsty tone; but at the same
+time he took very good care to keep the hammer out of sight.
+
+Bud Heyland resisted even now when those who had tried to aid were
+ready to give him up.
+
+"I won't go back!" he cried, kicking vigorously as the detective
+attempted to pull him from the wagon. "I've done nothing for which I
+can be arrested, and you shan't take me."
+
+The long chase had exhausted all of Carter's patience, and he was
+not disposed to spend many seconds in expostulating. Seizing the
+kicking youth by one foot he dragged him with no gentle force to the
+ground, and an instant later the men in the wagon drove off, evidently
+preferring flight to the chances that the detective would keep his
+promise.
+
+"Bundle them into the carriage, and tie their legs," Carter said to the
+constable, and in a very short space of time the thieves were lying in
+the bottom of the vehicle unable to move hand or foot.
+
+Now that there was not the slightest possibility the culprits could
+escape, Archie kept vigilant watch over them. The least movement on the
+part of either, as Carter drove the tired horse back to the village,
+was the signal for him to use his hammer on any portion of their bodies
+which was most convenient, and this repeated punishment must have
+caused Bud to remember how often he had ill-treated those who were
+quite as unable to "strike back" as he now was.
+
+Not until the prisoners were safely lodged in the little building which
+served as jail did Archie feel perfectly safe, and then all his old
+pompous manner returned. But for the detective he would have hurried
+away to tell the news, late in the night though it was, for in his own
+opinion at least, this night's work had shown him to be not only a true
+hero, but an able detective.
+
+"It is considerably past midnight," Carter said, as they left the
+jail, "and we have a great deal to do before this job is finished."
+
+"What do you mean?"
+
+"Are we to leave the silver and money?"
+
+"Of course not; but you said we'd have to wait until we saw Fred."
+
+"Exactly so; but what is to prevent our doing that now? When the
+property has been delivered to its rightful owners you and I can take
+our ease; until then we are bound to keep moving."
+
+Archie was disappointed at not being able to establish, without loss of
+time, his claim to being a great man; but he had no idea of allowing
+anything to be done in the matter when he was not present, if it could
+be avoided, and he clambered into the wagon once more.
+
+The two drove directly to the Sheldon home, and Fred was dreaming that
+burglars were trying to get into the house, when he suddenly became
+conscious that some one was pounding vigorously on the front door.
+
+Leaping from the bed and looking out of the window he was surprised at
+seeing the man whom he knew as Cyrus Sutton, and at the same moment he
+heard his mother ask:
+
+"What is the matter, Mr. Carter?"
+
+"Nothing, except that we want Fred. The case is closed, and to save
+time we'd better get the property at once. Have you any objection to
+his going with me?"
+
+"Not the slightest. I will awaken him."
+
+"I'll be down in a minute," Fred cried, as he began to make a hurried
+toilet, wondering meanwhile why Bud Heyland's friend should be trusted
+so implicitly by his mother.
+
+As a matter of course it was necessary for Mrs. Sheldon to explain to
+her son who Cyrus Sutton really was and Fred was still in a maze of
+bewilderment when his mother admitted the detective.
+
+"Why didn't you tell me," he cried reproachfully.
+
+"No good could have come of it," the gentleman replied laughingly,
+"and, besides, I can't see how you failed to discover the secret,
+either when you ran away after listening behind the rock on the
+road-side, or when I passed so near while supposed to be hunting for
+you."
+
+"Did you see me then?"
+
+"Certainly, and but for such slight obstructions as I placed in Bud's
+way, he might have overtaken you."
+
+"Where is Archie?"
+
+"Out in the wagon waiting for you. Kincade and Bud are in the lock-up
+where we just left them, and now it is proposed to get the silver in
+order to deliver it early in the morning."
+
+"Did mother tell you I found it?"
+
+"She did, and I am heartily glad, since now the reward will be yours,
+and with it you can clear your home from debt."
+
+Fred did not wait to ask any further questions. In a very few moments
+he was ready for the journey, and, with the promise to "come home as
+soon as the work was done," he went out to where Archie greeted him in
+the most effusive manner.
+
+"We have covered ourselves with glory," the little constable cried.
+"This is a case which will be told throughout the country, and the fact
+that we arrested the culprits and recovered the property when there was
+absolutely no clew on which to work, is something unparalleled in the
+annals of detective history."
+
+Fred was neither prepared to agree to, nor dispute this statement. The
+only fact which remained distinct in his mind was that the reward would
+be his, and if there was any glory attached he felt perfectly willing
+Archie should take it all.
+
+"Get into the wagon, Fred," Carter said impatiently. "It will take us
+until daylight to get the stuff, and we don't want to shock the good
+people of Tottenville by doing too much driving after sunrise."
+
+Fred obeyed without delay, and during the ride Archie gave him all the
+particulars concerning the capture of the thieves, save in regard to
+his own stupidity which permitted the temporary escape.
+
+Knowing the woods in the vicinity of his home as well as Fred did, it
+was not difficult for him to go directly to the place where he had
+hidden the silver, even in the night, and half an hour later the stolen
+service was in the carriage.
+
+"It is nearly daylight," Carter said, when they were driving in the
+direction of the village again, "and the best thing we can do will be
+to go to Fred's home, where he and I can keep guard over the treasure
+until it is a proper time to return it to its owners."
+
+"In that case I may as well go home awhile," Archie said reflectively.
+"Doubtless my wife will be wondering what has kept me, and there is no
+need of three to watch the silver."
+
+"Very well, we shall not leave there until about nine o'clock," and
+Carter reined in the horse as they were in front of the fussy little
+constable's house, for him to alight.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+THE SILVERWARE RETURNED.
+
+
+The sabbath morning dawned cool, breezy and delightful, and the
+maiden twin sisters, Misses Annie and Lizzie Perkinpine, made their
+preparations for driving to the village church, just as they had been
+in the habit of doing for many years.
+
+It required a storm of unusual violence to keep them from the Sunday
+service, which was more edifying to the good souls than any worldly
+entertainment could have been.
+
+They were not among those whose health permits them to attend secular
+amusements, but who invariably feel "indisposed" when their spiritual
+duties are involved.
+
+"I was afraid, sister," said Annie, "that when our silver was stolen,
+the loss would weigh so heavily upon me that I would not be able to
+enjoy the church service as much as usual, but I am thankful that it
+made no difference with me; how was it with _you_?"
+
+"I could not help feeling disturbed for some days," was the reply, "for
+it _was_ a loss indeed, but, when we have so much to be grateful for,
+how wrong it is to repine----"
+
+"What's that?" interrupted the other, hastening to the window as she
+heard the rattle of carriage wheels; "some one is coming here as sure
+as I live."
+
+"The folks must have forgot that it is the Sabbath," was the grieved
+remark of the other.
+
+"But this is something out of the common. Heigho!"
+
+This exclamation was caused by the sight of Cyrus Sutton, as he leaped
+lightly out of the wagon and tied his horse, while Fred Sheldon seemed
+to be tugging at something on the floor of the vehicle, which resisted
+his efforts.
+
+Mr. Sutton, having fastened the horse, went to the help of the
+youngster, and the next moment the two approached the house bearing a
+considerable burden.
+
+"My gracious!" exclaimed Aunt Lizzie, throwing up her hands, and
+ready to sink to the floor in her astonishment; "they have got our
+silverware."
+
+"You are right," added her sister, "they have the whole six pieces,
+slop-jar, sugar bowl, cream pitcher--not one of the six missing. They
+have them _all_; _now_ we can go to church and enjoy the sermon more
+than ever."
+
+The massive service of solid silver quaintly fashioned and carved by
+the puffy craftsmen of Amsterdam, who wrought and toiled when sturdy
+old Von Tromp was pounding the British tars off Goodwin Sands, more
+than two centuries ago, was carried into the house with considerable
+effort and set on the dining-room table, while for a minute or two the
+owners could do nothing but clasp and unclasp their hands and utter
+exclamations of wonder and thankfulness that the invaluable heirlooms
+had at last come back to them.
+
+The detective and lad looked smilingly at the ladies, hardly less
+pleased than they.
+
+"Where did you find them?" asked Aunt Lizzie, addressing herself
+directly to Mr. Carter, as was natural for her to do.
+
+The detective pointed to the boy and said:
+
+"Ask him."
+
+"Why, what can Fred know about it?" inquired the lady, beaming kindly
+upon the blushing lad.
+
+"He knows everything, for it was not I, but he, who found them."
+
+"Why, Fred, how can that be?"
+
+"I found them in an old tree in the woods," replied the little fellow,
+blushing to his ears. "This gentleman helped me to bring them here, for
+I never could have lugged them alone."
+
+"Of course you couldn't, but since you have earned the reward, you
+shall have it. To-day is the holy Sabbath, and it would be wrong,
+therefore, to engage in any business, but come around early to-morrow
+morning and we will be ready."
+
+"And I want to say," said Aunt Annie, pinching the chubby cheek of the
+happy youngster, "that there isn't any one in the whole world that we
+would rather give the reward to than you."
+
+"And there is none that it will please me more to see receive it," was
+the cordial remark of Mr. Carter, who, respecting the scruples of the
+good ladies, was about to bid them good-morning, when Aunt Lizzie,
+walking to the window, said:
+
+"I wonder what is keeping Michael."
+
+"I am afraid he will not be here to-day," said the officer.
+
+"Why not?" asked the sisters together in astonishment.
+
+"Well, to tell you the truth, he is in trouble."
+
+"Why, what has Michael done."
+
+"Nothing himself, but do you remember the tramp who came here last
+Monday night, and, after eating at your table, stole, or rather helped
+to steal, your silver service?"
+
+"Of course we remember him."
+
+"Well, that tramp was Michael's son Bud, who had put on false whiskers
+and disguised himself so that you never suspected who he was. Bud is a
+bad boy and is now in jail."
+
+"What is the world coming to?" gasped Aunt Lizzie, sinking into a chair
+with clasped hands, while her sister was no less shocked. In their
+kindness of heart they would have been glad to lose a large part of the
+precious silverware could it have been the means of restoring the boy
+to honesty and innocence.
+
+But that was impossible, and the sisters could only grieve over the
+depravity of one whom they had trusted.
+
+They asked nothing about the money that was taken with the silver, but
+Mr. Carter handed more than one-half of the sum to them.
+
+"Bud had spent considerable, but he gave me this; Kincade declared that
+he hadn't a penny left, but I don't believe him; this will considerably
+decrease your loss."
+
+At this moment, there was a resounding knock on the door, and in
+response to the summons to enter, Archie Jackson appeared, very red in
+the face and puffing hard.
+
+Bowing hastily to the ladies, he said impatiently to the officer:
+
+"It seems to me you're deef."
+
+"Why so?"
+
+"I've been chasing and yelling after you for half a mile, but you
+either pretended you didn't hear me or maybe you didn't."
+
+"I assure you, Archie, that I would have stopped on the first call,
+if I had heard you, for you know how glad I am always to have your
+company, and how little we could have done without your help."
+
+The detective knew how to mollify the fussy constable, whose face
+flushed a still brighter red, under the compliments of his employer, as
+he may be termed.
+
+"I knowed you was coming here," explained Archie, "and so I come along,
+so as to vouch to these ladies for you."
+
+"You are very kind, but they seem to be satisfied with Master Fred's
+indorsement, for he has the reputation of being a truthful lad."
+
+"I'm glad to hear it; how far, may I ask," he continued, clearing his
+throat, "have you progressed in the settlement of the various questions
+and complications arising from the nefarious transaction on Monday
+evening last?"
+
+"The plate has been returned to the ladies, as your eyes must have told
+you; but, since this is the first day of the week, the reward will not
+be handed over to Fred until to-morrow morning.
+
+"Accept my congratulations, sir, accept my congratulations," said the
+constable, stepping ardently toward the boy and effusively extending
+his hand.
+
+The ladies declined to accept the money which the detective offered,
+insisting that it belonged to him. He complied with their wishes,
+and, since it was evident that Archie had hastened over solely to
+make sure he was not forgotten in the general distribution of wages,
+the detective handed him one hundred dollars, which was received with
+delight, since it was far more than the constable had ever earned in
+such a short time in all his life before.
+
+"Before I leave," said Mr. Carter, addressing the ladies, "I must
+impress one important truth upon you."
+
+"You mean about the sin of stealing," said Aunt Annie; "Oh, we have
+thought a good deal about _that_."
+
+The officer smiled in spite of himself, but quickly became serious
+again.
+
+"You mistake me. I refer to your practice of keeping such valuable
+plate as loosely as you have been in the habit of doing for so many
+years. The fact of the robbery will cause it to be generally known
+that your silver can be had by any one who chooses to enter your house
+and take it, and you may rest assured, that if you leave it exposed it
+won't be long before it will vanish again, beyond the reach of all the
+Fred Sheldons and detectives in the United States."
+
+"Your words are wise," said Aunt Annie, "and I have made up my mind
+that we must purchase two or three more locks and put them on the
+chest."
+
+"I think I know a better plan than _that_," Aunt Lizzie hastened to say.
+
+"What's that?" inquired the visitor.
+
+"We'll get Michael to bring some real heavy stones to the house and
+place them on the lid of the chest, so as to hold it down."
+
+"Neither of your plans will work," said Mr. Carter solemnly; "you must
+either place your silver in the bank, where you can get it whenever you
+wish, or you must buy a burglar-proof safe and lock it up in that every
+night."
+
+"I have heard of such things," said Aunt Lizzie, "and I think we will
+procure a safe, for it is more pleasant to know that the silver is in
+the house than it is to have it in the bank, miles off, where it will
+be so hard to take and bring it. What do you think, sister?"
+
+"The same as you do."
+
+"Then we will buy the safe."
+
+"And until you do so, the silver must be deposited in the bank; though,
+as this is Sunday, you will have to keep it in the house until the
+morrow."
+
+"I shall not feel afraid to do that," was the serene response of sister
+Lizzie, "because no man, even if he is wicked enough to be a robber,
+would be so abandoned as to commit the crime on _Sunday_."
+
+The beautiful faith of the good soul was not shocked by any violent
+results of her trust. Though the silver remained in her house during
+the rest of that day and the following night, it was not disturbed,
+and on the morrow was safely delivered to the bank, where it stayed
+until the huge safe was set up in the old mansion, in which the
+precious stuff was deposited, and where at this writing it still
+remains, undisturbed by any wicked law-breakers.
+
+You may not know it, but it is a fact that there are circuses traveling
+over the country to-day whose ticket-sellers receive no wages at all,
+because they rely upon the short change and the bad money which they
+can work off on their patrons. Not only that, but I know of a case
+where a man paid twenty dollars monthly for the privilege of selling
+tickets for a circus.
+
+From this statement, I must except any and all enterprises with which
+my old friend, P. T. Barnum, has any connection. Nothing could induce
+him to countenance such dishonesty.
+
+Trained in this pernicious school, Jacob Kincade did not hesitate
+to launch out more boldly, and finally he formed a partnership with
+two other knaves, for the purpose of circulating counterfeit money,
+engaging now and then in the side speculation of burglary, as was the
+case at Tottenville, where he arrived a few hours in advance of the
+show itself.
+
+He and his two companions were deserving of no sympathy, and each was
+sentenced to ten years in the State prison.
+
+The youth of Bud Heyland, his honest repentance and the grief of his
+father and mother aroused great sympathy for him. It could not be
+denied that he was a bad boy, who had started wrong, and was traveling
+fast along the downward path. In truth, he had already gone so far that
+it may be said the goal was in sight when he was brought up with such a
+round turn.
+
+A fact greatly in his favor was apparent to all--he had been used as
+a cat's paw by others. He was ignorant of counterfeit money, though
+easily persuaded to engage in the scheme of passing it upon others.
+True, the proposition to rob the Perkinpine sisters came from him, but
+in that sad affair also he was put forward as the chief agent, while
+his partner took good care to keep in the background.
+
+Bud saw the fearful precipice on whose margin he stood. His parents
+were almost heart-broken, and there could be no doubt of his anxiety to
+atone, so far as possible, for the evil he had done.
+
+Fortunately, the judge was not only just but merciful, and, anxious
+to save the youth, he discharged him under a "suspended sentence," as
+it was called, a most unusual proceeding under the circumstances, but
+which proved most beneficent, since the lad never gave any evidence of
+a desire to return to his evil ways.
+
+As for Master Fred Sheldon, I almost feel as though it is unnecessary
+to tell you anything more about him, for, with such a mother, with
+such natural inclinations, and with such training, happiness, success
+and prosperity are as sure to follow as the morning is to succeed the
+darkness of night.
+
+I tell you, boys, you may feel inclined to slight the old saying that
+honesty is the best policy, but no truer words were ever written, and
+you should carry them graven on your hearts to the last hours of your
+life.
+
+Fred grew into a strong, sturdy boy, who held the respect and esteem of
+the neighborhood. The sisters Perkinpine, as well as many others, took
+a deep interest in him and gave him help in many ways, and often when
+the boy was embarrassed by receiving it.
+
+The time at last came, when our "Young Hero" bade good-by to his
+loved mother, and went to the great city of New York to carve his
+fortune. There he was exposed to manifold more temptations than ever
+could be the case in his simple country home, but he was encased in
+the impenetrable armor of truthfulness, honesty, industry and right
+principles, and from this armor all the darts of the great adversary
+"rolled off like rustling rain."
+
+Fred is now a man engaged in a prosperous business in the metropolis of
+our country, married to a loving and helpful wife, who seems to hold
+the sweetest and tenderest place in his affection, surpassed by that of
+no one else, but equalled by her who has been his guardian angel from
+infancy--HIS MOTHER.
+
+
+
+
+THE WALNUT ROD.
+
+BY R. F. COLWELL.
+
+
+My father was a physician of good practice in a wealthy quarter of
+Philadelphia, and we boys, four in number, were encouraged by him to
+live out of doors as much as possible. We played the national game,
+rowed, belonged to a well-equipped private gymnasium, and were hale and
+hearty accordingly; but especially did we prize the spring vacation
+which was always spent at our grandfather's farm, a beautiful spot in
+the Juanita valley, shut in by hills and warmed by the sunshine, which
+always seemed to us to shine especially bright on our annual visit, as
+if to make up for the cloudy and stormy weather of March.
+
+At the time of which I speak, the anticipations before starting were
+especially joyous. Harry, Carl and Francis, aged respectively eleven,
+fourteen and sixteen, had after earnest efforts in their school work
+been promoted each to the class above his former rank, and were in
+consequence proud and happy, though tired. I, Royal by name, a junior
+in a well-known New England college, working steadily in the course,
+was not unwilling to spend a week or two in quiet, searching the
+well-stored library which had the best that three generations of book
+lovers could buy on its shelves, and before whose cheery open fire we
+gathered at evening for stories and counsel from older and wiser minds.
+
+We packed our bags, took our rods--for trout fishing was often
+good, even in early April, in a well-stocked brook that ran along
+willow-fringed banks in the south pasture--and boarded the train. At
+the station the hired man met us with a pair of Morgan horses than
+which I do not remember to have seen better from that day to this,
+and we were soon at the hall door, shaking hands with grandmother and
+grandfather, and, to our pleasant surprise, with Aunt Celia, who,
+unexpectedly to us, was at home. She was a widow, having lost her
+husband in the Mexican war, and was a teacher of modern languages in a
+girl's private school in southern New York. She was one of those rare
+natures that the heart instinctively trusts, and no one of the many
+grandchildren hesitated about telling Aunt Celia his or her troubles,
+always confident that something would be done toward making the rough
+place smooth or gaining the object sought.
+
+We had a cozy tea. The special good things that only grandmothers
+seem to remember that a boy likes were found beside our plates, and we
+did them ample justice. This was Saturday evening. The next morning we
+occupied the family pew, and raised our young voices in the familiar
+hymns so clearly and joyously, that I remember to have seen many of the
+older people looking in our direction, and one old lady remarked as we
+were going out, "Henry's boys take after him for their good voices."
+Father had led the village choir for several years before he went away
+from his home to the medical school.
+
+The next morning we took our rods and went off for a long tramp. We
+fished some, and between us brought home enough for next morning's
+breakfast. The next day we climbed the favorite hills and gathered four
+large bunches of that spring beauty _Epigæa repens_, arbutus, or May
+flowers, whose pink cups and delicious woody fragrance we entrusted
+to damp moss, and sent the box with our cards to mother, for we knew
+how she loved the flowers she had picked from these same hills. Their
+scent comes back to me now, though it is many years since I have picked
+one. Carl and Francis were just at the age when feats of daring were
+a delight to them. Harry was of a naturally timid nature, modest, and
+lacking sometimes in confidence, and so was often urged on by the other
+two, when he shrank from attempting anything, by such expressions as
+"Don't be a coward, Harry!" "A girl could do that!" which, by such a
+sensitive spirit, were felt more than blows of the lash would be. When
+I was by, the boys would not indulge in these trials of strength or
+endurance, but in my absence I knew they hurt his tender feelings by
+their taunts, though really they did not intend to. A boy looks for
+what he calls courage in his playmate, and, if he does not see what
+apparently corresponds to his own, he thinks him a coward, while the
+braver of the two may really be the more diffident and shrinking one.
+
+It was Saturday afternoon; we were to leave Monday morning, and I had
+gone to the post-office to mail a letter to our father, telling him to
+expect us Monday noon. Behind the barn was a large oak tree from whose
+trunk a long branch ran horizontally toward the shed roof, though at
+a considerable distance above it. The boys had been pitching quoits
+near the tree, and, having finished the game, looked about for some
+more exciting sport. Francis thought he saw it, so he climbed the tree,
+crept out on the limb, hung by the arms a moment and then dropped,
+with something of a jar, to be sure, but safely, on the roof, where
+he sat with a satisfied look. He called to Carl to follow him. Carl,
+though unwilling to try it, was still more unwilling to acknowledge any
+superiority of his older brother in that line, so he, too, climbed up,
+crept out, and, when he had found what he thought was a good place, and
+had called out two or three times, "Fran, shall I strike all right?"
+dropped and was happy. Then they both called to Harry, "Come on, Hal,"
+but he, overcome by the fear he had felt that they would fall while
+attempting it, refused to make the trial. When they began to speak
+about what "a girl could do," grandfather came out of the back door,
+where he had been a silent spectator of the whole affair, patted Harry
+on the shoulder, assuring him that he'd more good sense than Carl and
+Francis together, and bade the climbers come down at once.
+
+Grandfather was a man of few words, and they obeyed. Nothing more was
+said. I returned soon after. We had tea as usual and adjourned to the
+library, where a genial fire of hickory logs warmed and lighted the
+room. Grandmother and grandfather sat in their armchairs on each side
+of the broad hearth. I occupied an antique chair I had found in the
+attic, and which I was to carry home for my own room. Carl and Francis
+sat on old-fashioned crickets, while Aunt Celia had her low willow
+rocker in front of the fire, and Harry leaned against her, with her arm
+around his neck.
+
+We remained silent for some moments, when grandfather said quietly,
+"Celia, hadn't you better tell the boys the story of the walnut rod?"
+We looked up in swift surprise. The walnut rod spoken of was one that
+had rested, ever since we could remember, across a pair of broad
+antlers over the fireplace, with an old sword and two muskets that
+had seen service at Bunker Hill and Yorktown. Often had we, in boyish
+curiosity, asked what it was, and why it was kept there, tied by a
+piece of faded ribbon to one of the antlers, but had always been put
+off with "by-and-by," and "when you are older." Now, when we saw a
+chance to know about it, we chorused, "Oh, yes, Aunt Celia, do tell,
+please," and she quietly saying, "I suppose they can learn its lesson
+now," began:
+
+"I was, as you know, the only girl of the family, and also the youngest
+child, your father being two years older. There were few neighbors when
+we first came here to live; indeed, our nearest was fully a quarter of
+a mile away, so we saw few beside our own family. Your uncles, John,
+William, and Elijah, were several years older, and so were busy helping
+father in clearing the land and in its care. Accordingly, Henry and
+I were much together. We studied the same book at our mother's knee,
+played with the same toys, and were together so much that the older
+boys sometimes called us 'mother's two girls.' But your father, though
+tender and gentle in appearance, had a brave heart under his little
+jacket, and I knew better than they, that he was no coward. They called
+him so sometimes, thinking, because he seemed fearful about some things
+they counted trifles, that he really had no courage. I'm afraid boys
+have forgotten nowadays, that mere daring is no test of true courage."
+Here Francis and Carl felt their faces grow hot, but Aunt Celia said no
+more and went on.
+
+"It was one day in April, very like to-day, that we all went upon the
+side hill to pick May flowers. Henry was nearly twelve years old--his
+birthday, as you know, is next month--and I was ten. It had always been
+a habit, when people went out in the spring for flowers, to cut a stout
+stick, to be used partly as a walking-stick, and partly as a protection
+against snakes, which were often seen, but which usually escaped before
+they could be reached. Old people told of rattlesnakes that used to be
+seen, but they were very scarce, even then, and none of us had ever
+seen one.
+
+"We all had sticks, cut from a bunch of hickory saplings that grew
+beside the path, and your uncle Elijah said, as we were going along, 'I
+wonder what Hen would do if he heard a rattlesnake; turn pale and faint
+away, I guess,' at which the others laughed loudly, but Henry said
+nothing, though I saw his lips quiver at the taunt.
+
+"We found the flowers, thick and beautiful, just as you have this week.
+We picked all we wished, ate the lunch which mother had put up for us,
+and were sitting on a large, flat stone, talking of starting for home.
+I saw a bit of pretty moss under some twigs at the edge of the stone,
+and stepped down to get it, when suddenly a peculiar whir-r-r, that
+we never had heard before, struck our ears. All the boys started up,
+looking about eagerly. The bushes at my side parted slightly, and the
+flattened head of a large rattlesnake protruded, and again came that
+dreadful sound. Then the boys jumped from the rock, each in a different
+direction, and screamed, rather than cried, 'Jump, Celia, it's a
+rattlesnake!'
+
+"I could not move. I must have been paralyzed by fear, for, though I
+was but a child, I could not misunderstand my danger. Of course, what I
+am telling happened in a few seconds, but I remember hearing the swish
+that a stick makes when it cuts through the air, and the horrible head,
+with its forked, vibrating tongue, was severed from the writhing body,
+and fell at my feet.
+
+"Harry had quietly stepped down by my side, and with his stick--the
+one you see on the antlers yonder--had saved me from a dreadful death.
+There he stood, pale and trembling to be sure, but with such a light
+in his blue eyes, that none of his older brothers dared ever call him
+coward, or girl, again. We walked quietly home, bringing the body with
+its horrible horny scales to show to father and mother. I shall never
+forget how they clasped us in their arms as they listened to the story,
+and how I wondered, as a child will, if everybody, when they were grown
+up, cried when they were very glad.
+
+"Nothing was ever said to the older boys. They had learned what true
+bravery was, the scorn of self-protection when another needed help,
+and they have been better for it ever since. Your father has never had
+the story told to you, thinking that some time it might also teach you
+the lesson that true courage from its root word, the Latin _cor_, and
+down through the French _coeur_, is both below and above any outward
+manifestations, and belongs to the heart.
+
+"The snake must have come out into the sun from his den under the rock,
+and was not as active as in warmer weather, or the bite would have
+followed the first alarm. There has never since been seen another in
+this locality."
+
+We sat in silence for awhile, and then grandfather spoke, laying his
+hand on Harry's curls: "I seem to see my boy Henry again in his son,
+Harry. I hope he will grow up into the same brave, though tender
+manhood of his father, and remember, boys," he said, turning toward
+Francis and Carl, "that recklessness and a desire to be thought
+bold and daring are not an index of true courage and often have no
+connection with it. If the walnut rod teaches you this lesson, its
+story will be of great value to you."
+
+
+
+
+HOW THE HATCHET WAS BURIED.
+
+BY OCTAVIA CARROLL.
+
+
+A feud, as fierce as that between the Montagues and Capulets, had for
+several years raged between the boys of Valleytown and the country lads
+living on the breezy hills just above the small village. Originating in
+a feeling of jealousy, it waxed hotter and more bitter with every game
+of ball and every examination at the "Academy" where they were forced
+to meet the rival factions, tauntingly dubbing each other "Lilies of
+the Valley" and "Ground Moles," while if a Lily chanced to whip a Mole
+in a fair fight all the town-bred youths immediately stood on their
+heads for joy, and if a Mole went above a Lily in class, the entire
+hill company crowed as loudly as the chanticleers of the barnyard. By
+general consent two boys had come to be considered the leaders of the
+respective factions; handsome, quick-witted Roy Hastings of the former,
+and stronger, bright Carl Duckworth of the latter; while it was an
+annoyance to each that their sisters had struck up a "bosom friendship"
+and stubbornly refused to share in their brothers' feud.
+
+"It is so absurd in Roy," said Helen Hastings, "to want me not to visit
+Maizie, whom I love so dearly, just because one of her family has
+beaten him at baseball and shot more pigeons this spring."
+
+"And Helen shall come to tea as often as she likes to put up with our
+plain fare," declared little Miss Duckworth, "even if Carl does look
+like a thunder-cloud all supper time and has hardly enough politeness
+to pass the butter."
+
+So matters stood when, one evening in early June, the commander of the
+heights' coterie summoned his followers to a meeting in the loft of an
+old barn on his father's estate, that was only used as a storehouse
+since a better one had been built.
+
+"Hello, fellows, what is this pow-wow about?" asked agile Mark Tripp,
+as he sprang up a rickety ladder and popped his head through the square
+opening in the attic floor.
+
+"Dun'no; some bee, Duckworth, here, has buzzing round in his bonnet,"
+replied lazy Hugh Blossom from the hay, where he reclined. "It takes
+the captain to have 'happy thoughts,'" while, playfully pulling a
+refractory lock of hair sticking out from Carl's head, he gaily
+chanted:
+
+
+ "And the duck with the feather curled over his back,
+ He leads all the others, with his quack! quack! quack!"
+
+
+"Good enough! All right, Ducky, proceed with your quacking! Let's know
+what's up! Are the 'low-ly lil-is of the val-ly' once more on the war
+path? And to what do they challenge us--a spelling match or a swimming
+race?"
+
+"To neither. Those very superior posies are about to seek glory in
+another way. I have learned from a most reliable source that they are
+now hoarding all their pocket money in order to astonish the natives.
+In fact, fellers, they intend to fresco Valleytown a decided carmine on
+the 'Glorious Fourth,' and we have got to make the hills hum to quench
+'em."
+
+"What form is their celebration to take?" asked little Peter Wheatly.
+
+"Fireworks, principally. Real stunners! Not just a few Roman candles
+and sky-rockets, but flower-pots throwing up colored balls that burst
+into stars, zigzagging serpents, and all sorts of things, such as have
+never been seen round here before. Why, our big bonfire and giant
+crackers will be nowhere."
+
+"Right you are there, Cap," said Hugh. "They will have all the country
+down on the Green patting them on the back for their public spirit,
+while we occupy a back seat. It's a pretty bright move for the Lilies,
+and I don't see how we can prevent it."
+
+"Get up a counter-attraction. Pyro--pyro--what do you call 'em will
+make a good deal finer show from Round Knob than down yonder in the
+dale."
+
+"Sure. But where are your pyrotechnics to come from?"
+
+"From the city, of course. See here, I wrote to a firm there as soon
+as I learned the Lilies' secret, and they sent me a price-list." Young
+Duckworth produced a very gay red and yellow circular, but the boys
+only looked at each other in blank amazement. The hillside farmers were
+nearly all land poor, gaining but a bare subsistence out of the rocky
+New England soil and seldom had a dime, much less dollars, to squander
+on mere amusement.
+
+"Guess you think we are Rothschilds or Vanderbilts," snickered small
+Peter.
+
+"Pennies always burn a hole in my pocket and drop right out," said Mark.
+
+"I might chip in a copper cent and a nickel with a dig in it," drawled
+Hugh, and there was no one else who could do better.
+
+"Well, I know you are an impecunious lot," continued Carl, "but next
+week the strawberries will be dead ripe. If you fellows will only be
+patriotic and pitch in and pick for the cause we can put Roy Hastings
+and his top-lofty crowd to the blush by getting up a really respectable
+show with a 'piece' as a topper off. I don't believe the Valleyites
+ever thought of a 'piece.'"
+
+"What sort of a piece?" asked Bud Perkins.
+
+"Why, a fancy piece of fireworks, of course. Just listen to what Powder
+& Co. offer!" and Carl read aloud: "'Realistic spectacle of Mother
+Goose, in peaked hat and scarlet cloak, with her gander by her side.
+The head of George Washington, the Father of his Country, surrounded
+by thirteen stars. Very fine. Superb figure of Christopher Columbus
+landing from his Spanish galleon upon the American shore. One of our
+most magnificent designs."
+
+"There, don't that sound prime? They're expensive, awfully expensive,
+but we can economize on the rockets and little things to come out
+strong, in a blaze of glory, at the end. I warrant a Mother Goose or,
+better yet, a Washington would shut up the Lilies' leaves in a jiffy."
+
+"Or Christopher Columbus--I vote for old Chris," shouted Mark.
+
+"Yes, yes, Chris and his galleon," chorused the others.
+
+"It is the dearest of them all," remarked Carl, somewhat dubiously.
+
+"No matter, 'Chris or nothing,' say we." So it was decided, and before
+the boys parted they had all agreed, if they could win their parents'
+consent, to hire out for the berry-picking and to contribute every cent
+thus earned toward the Fourth of July celebration.
+
+There is no spur like competition, and for the next three weeks the
+ambitious youths devoted themselves heart, and soul, and fingers to
+the cause; but the pickers had their reward, when, the berry harvest
+over, they found they could send a tolerably satisfactory order to
+Powder & Co., and when, on the third of July, a great box arrived
+by express, was unpacked, and its contents secretly, and under the
+cover of night, stored away in the lower part of Farmer Duckworth's
+discarded barn, their exuberant delight burst forth in sundry ecstatic
+somersaults and Indian-like dances.
+
+It may be, however, that their exultation might have been tempered with
+caution had they been aware of two figures gliding stealthily through
+the darkness without, and known that the case, bearing the name of the
+city firm, when it was taken from the train, had not escaped the sharp
+eyes of Roy Hastings and his chum Ed Spafford.
+
+"How do you suppose they ever raised the money to buy all those
+fireworks?" asked one shadow of another shadow, as they flitted down
+the hill.
+
+"I don't know, confound 'em! But I do know their show is better than
+ours, and something has got to be done!"
+
+"Yes, indeed, and surely, Roy, there must be some way!"
+
+"There always is where there is a will, and--and--_matches_!"
+
+Boom, boom, boom! Old Captain Stone's ancient cannon announced the
+advent of another Independence Day shortly after midnight, and Young
+America was quickly abroad with the Chinese cracker and torpedo.
+
+Helen Hastings disliked the deafening racket of the village and,
+therefore, early beat a retreat to the hills, determined to enjoy the
+day in her own fashion with Maizie, who welcomed her with open arms.
+
+"I am so glad you have come, Nell, dear, for I was feeling as blue as
+your sash, if it is the Fourth of July!"
+
+"Why, darling, what is the matter?"
+
+"Oh, I am so worried because pa is worried. He don't act a bit like his
+dear, jolly, old self, but goes round with a long face and can neither
+eat nor sleep. Ma says it is because a mortgage or something is coming
+due, and the crops have been so bad for several years that he is afraid
+he may have to sell the farm and move out West. It would just break my
+heart to leave this place."
+
+"So it would mine. But there, Maizie, it is foolish to be troubled
+about what may never happen. It is so warm let us find a nice cool spot
+and finish the book we commenced the other day."
+
+"There is a good current of air through the loft of the old barn. We
+will go there if you can scramble up the ladder."
+
+This, with some assistance, Helen succeeded in doing, and the two
+girls were soon nestling in the sweet, new-mown hay.
+
+"Eleven o'clock," announced Helen, consulting her little chatelaine
+watch as they finally laid down the entertaining story they had been
+reading, "and I am both sleepy and thirsty."
+
+"Well, my dear, lie back and take a nap and I will go and make lemonade
+for us both."
+
+"Really? Oh, that will be delicious!" and throwing herself back on
+the fragrant mow she closed her eyes as her blithe, hospitable friend
+skipped off toward the house.
+
+The twittering of the swallows in the eaves and the hum of the insects
+in the meadows without were curiously soothing, and the fair maid
+fell into a light doze from which, however, she was rudely awakened
+by a terrific explosion. She sprang to her feet in alarm to find the
+floor heaving like the deck of a ship at sea and feel the tumble-down
+building rocking as though shaken to its very foundation.
+
+"What has happened! Is it an earthquake?" she gasped, rushing to the
+ladder-way; but she started back in affright at sight of a mass of
+flame and flying, fiery objects below. "Oh, this is terrible!" Was
+she, Helen Hastings--her father's pride, her brothers' pet--to meet
+a violent death here in this lonely spot? Expecting every instant to
+have the boards give way beneath her, she flew to the window and, in
+her desperation, would have leaped out, regardless of a huge pile of
+stones beneath, had not the voice of Maizie at that moment reached her
+ear calling: "Don't jump, Helen; don't jump! You will be killed! Wait!
+courage! I am going for help." Even as she faltered hesitatingly, her
+strength failed, her senses reeled and she fell fainting to the ground.
+
+Across lots from Round Knob, where they had been preparing for the
+evening exhibition, came Carl Duckworth, Hugh Blossom and Bud Perkins.
+They were in high spirits, discussing with animation the anticipated
+fun, when Bud suddenly stopped short, asking, "Who are those fellows
+making tracks so fast down the road?"
+
+"Looks like Roy Hastings and Ed Spafford," replied Hugh. "Though what
+brings them this way on such a day as this puzzles me."
+
+"I hope they haven't got wind of our plans and been up to some
+mischief," said Carl, uneasily, instinctively quickening his footsteps.
+
+A moment later, as they entered the farm gate, the explosion that had
+awakened Helen made them also start and gaze at each other in dismay.
+Then a howl of mingled rage, grief and astonishment burst from the
+trio as through the open door of the old barn shot a confused medley
+of rockets, pin-wheels, snakes and grasshoppers, popping and fizzing
+madly in the garish sunlight; a howl that culminated in a shriek when
+whirling and spinning out whizzed the famous "piece," the Landing of
+Columbus, thrown by the concussion far upon the grass, where it went
+off in a highly erratic manner, poor Christopher appearing perfectly
+demoralized as he stood on his head in the brilliant galleon, with his
+feet waving amid a galaxy of stars.
+
+"All our three weeks' labor and all our money gone up in smoke!"
+groaned Bud, flinging himself down in an agony of despair.
+
+"And it is Roy Hastings' mean, dastardly work," growled Hugh; while
+Carl turned pale with wrath and shook his fist in a way that boded no
+good to his enemy. Indeed, at that instant, he felt that revenge, swift
+and telling, would be the sweetest thing in life.
+
+Truly, then, it seemed the very irony of fate, when, from amid the
+wreaths of smoke pouring from the upper loft window, emerged for
+a brief second a girlish, white-robed figure, with beseeching,
+outstretched hands, that paused, swayed, then fell back and
+disappeared, while Maizie rushed toward them crying, "Oh, Carl, Carl!
+The old barn is on fire, and Helen is in there!"
+
+"What! Roy Hastings' sister?" and Hugh actually laughed aloud.
+
+"Serves the mean rascal right, too, if she was killed, for he would
+have no one but himself to blame," said Bud Perkins, whose bark was
+always worse than his bite, and who was really as kind-hearted a chap
+as ever lived.
+
+"Oh, you bad, cruel boys!" exclaimed Maizie; "but Carl, I know, will
+not be so wicked," and she turned imploringly to her brother, in
+whose mind a fierce struggle was going on. In a flash, he saw his foe
+bowed and crushed with remorse, a "paying back" far beyond anything
+he could have dreamed of! Besides, the risk was tremendous, and why
+should he endanger his life? But the next moment humanity triumphed,
+and shouting, "We can't stand idle and see a girl perish before our
+eyes! So here goes," he sped off toward the burning building, stripping
+off his jacket, as he ran, which he plunged into a barrel of water
+and then wrapped closely about his head. Thus protected, he bravely
+dashed through the flames lapping at him with their fiery tongues.
+His breath came in short, quick pants, he was nearly suffocated, and
+falling rafters warned him that he had no time to spare. Valiantly,
+however, he struggled to the already charred ladder and groped his way
+up it, until, gasping and exhausted, he reached the window with the
+unconscious girl in his arms, as the fire was eating through the floor
+at his feet.
+
+To the anxious watchers outside, it appeared an eternity before the lad
+reached the window and deftly caught the rope they had ready to toss
+to him. With trembling fingers he knotted this about Helen's waist,
+gently let her down into the arms of Bud and Hugh and then prepared to
+descend himself, when a groan of horror from the onlookers rent the
+air; there was a quiver, a sudden giving way, a deafening crash and
+roar. The flooring had at length succumbed to the destroying element
+and gone down. Mrs. Duckworth sank on her knees sobbing. "Oh, my boy!
+my boy!" and Maizie hid her face. But, as the smoke cleared away, the
+groan changed to a joyous shout and all looked up to behold the youth
+clinging to the casement, which was still upheld by two feeble supports.
+
+Hugh sprang forward. "Carl, drop! Let yourself drop," he called. "We
+will catch you," and Carl, as a great darkness overwhelmed him, dropped
+like a dead weight and was borne, a begrimed and senseless burden, to
+his own little room in the cozy old homestead.
+
+Summer was over ere a mere wraith of sturdy, lively Carl Duckworth was
+able to creep down stairs to sit on the veranda and gaze listlessly
+out upon the mountain landscape in its early autumn dress. But, after
+weary weeks of pain and anxiety, he was on the mend, and there was
+something of the old merriment in his laugh when he caught sight of
+a row of urchins, perched on the fence like a motley flock of birds,
+singing with hearty good will, "See, the Conquering Hero Comes!" and he
+was surprised to recognize in the welcoming choristers many "Lilies" of
+Valleytown, as well as his own familiar friends.
+
+It was something of an astonishment, too, to have Roy Hastings hurry
+forward to offer his hand and say:
+
+"I can't tell you, Duckworth, how glad I am to see you out again and
+only wish you would give me a good sound kicking;" while surely there
+were tears in his eyes and a curious break in his voice.
+
+It was a boy's way of begging pardon, but, being a boy, Carl
+understood, while as he looked into the other's white worn face, so
+changed since he saw it last, he dimly comprehended that there might
+be "coals of fire" which burn more sharply even than the blisters and
+stings that had caused him such days and nights of agony.
+
+So the grasp he gave Roy was warm and cordial as he said, "Well, I'm
+not equal to much kicking yet, old fellow; but, for one, I am tired of
+this old feud and think it is time we buried the hatchet."
+
+"Oh, I am so glad!" cried a merry voice in the doorway, and out danced
+Helen with her hands full of flowers. "You dear, heroic Carl. I have
+come to thank you, too, though I never, never can, for rescuing me on
+that dreadful day, and, as some small return, they have let me be the
+first to tell you of the silver lining hidden behind that cloud of
+smoke."
+
+"What do you mean?" asked Carl, thoroughly mystified.
+
+"I mean that Christopher Columbus and his combustible companions did
+a pretty good turn after all. They plowed up the ground under the old
+barn so well that when the rubbish was cleared away there came to light
+what promises to be the finest paint mine in the whole country."
+
+"Paint mine!"
+
+"Yes, sir. Non-inflammable, mineral paint that will not only save the
+farm, but, perhaps, make all our fortunes."
+
+"It's true, Carl, every word true," laughed Maizie, who had stolen
+softly up. "Papa has had the ore analyzed, and is so happy he beams
+like a full moon. Judge Hastings, too, has been so kind, advancing
+funds, getting up a company and preparing to build a kiln. It has been
+quite the excitement of the summer in Valleytown."
+
+"Well, well! This is glorious news! Hip, hip, hooray!" a feeble cheer
+that was echoed and re-echoed by the faction on the fence.
+
+"Dear me, haven't you finished your revelations yet?" exclaimed Mark
+Tripp, suddenly tumbling up the steps. "For if you have the 'Lilies
+of the Valley' request the captain of the 'Ground Moles' and the
+young ladies to occupy the piazza chairs and witness a pyrotechnical
+display postponed from the Fourth of July, but now given in honor of
+the recovery of our esteemed citizen, Carl Duckworth, and of our Peace
+Jubilee."
+
+All laughed at Mark's pompous little speech and hastened to take their
+places. So at last in a shower of golden sparks they buried the hatchet
+and the feud between Valleytown and Hillside ended forever amid a
+generous display of fire-works.
+
+
+
+
+HANSCHEN AND THE HARES.
+
+FROM THE GERMAN, BY ELLEN T. SULLIVAN.
+
+
+Long ago, in a little house near a forest in Germany lived a shoemaker
+and his wife. They were poor but contented and happy; for they were
+willing to work and they had their snug little house and food enough
+for themselves and their little Hanschens.
+
+"Oh! if Hanschen would only grow like other boys, I should be the
+happiest woman in the land," the mother used to say. "He is six years
+old, yet he can stand on the palm of my hand."
+
+"Well, if he is not so big as some of our neighbors' boys, he is
+brighter than many of them," the father used to answer. Then the mother
+felt so glad she would dance around the room with Hans and say, "Yes,
+he is bright as a child can be and as spry too. When he runs around the
+room I can hardly catch him."
+
+One day she said to her husband, "I am going to the forest meadow to
+cut fodder for the goat. The grass there is so sweet and juicy that,
+if the goat eats it, we shall have the richest milk for Hanschen. That
+will make him grow faster. I will take him with me; he can sit in the
+grass and play with the flowers."
+
+"Very well," said the father; "take care that he does not stray away
+from you. Give him some clover blossoms to suck. We are too poor to buy
+candy for him."
+
+Out through the green forest went Hanschen and his mother. The boy
+was so happy that his mother could hardly hold him, as he laughed and
+jumped and clapped his hands. He thought the blue sky was playing
+hide-and-seek with him through the treetops; that the birds were
+singing a welcome to him, and that the bees, the butterflies, and great
+dragon-flies were all glad to see him. When they came to the meadow his
+mother put him down and gave him some clover blossoms. Then she began
+to cut the grass and soon she was quite a way from Hanschen, who was
+entirely hidden by the tall grass.
+
+While the mother was working Hanschen sat sucking his sweet clover
+blossoms. All at once he heard a rustling, and there, beside him were
+two little hares. He was not at all afraid. He nodded to them and said,
+"How do you do?" The little hares had never seen a child. They thought
+he was a hare, dressed up in a coat and having a different kind of face
+from their own. They stared at him a minute and then one said, "Hop!
+hop!" and sprang over a grass stalk. "Can you do that?" said they to
+Hanschen. "Yes, indeed!" said he, leaping quickly over a stalk, as
+he spoke. "Now," said the hares, "we shall have a fine time playing
+together." And a fine time they did have, leaping and racing until the
+sun was low in the west, and the little hares began to think of supper
+and bed.
+
+"Come home with us; our father and mother will be good to you;" they
+said to Hanschen. So he leaped away with the little hares toward the
+green bushes where they lived.
+
+Now there was another little hare, who had staid at home with his
+mother that day. His bright eyes were the first to see the three merry
+friends leaping toward the bushes. "Oh, mammy! mammy!" he cried: "Just
+look through the bushes. Did you ever see such a queer-looking hare as
+that little chap with my brothers?"
+
+"Bring me my spectacles, child," said Mrs. Hare. "It may be the poor
+thing has been hurt. That terrible hunter is around again. He chased
+your poor father yesterday. Then that wicked old fox is prowling about,
+too. It may be that one of them hurt the poor little stranger so that
+he does not look natural. If so, I'll soon cure him by good nursing."
+
+That was what kind Mrs. Hare said to her little son. He brought her
+spectacles, which she wiped and put on.
+
+Then she cried out, "Why bless me! this is no hare! This is a human
+child! He is lost and his parents will be wild with grief for him. My
+children, I fear you led him astray. Tell just where you found him and
+we will carry him back there in the morning. It is so late now he must
+stay with us to-night."
+
+"We thought he was a hare because he can spring and leap as well as we
+can. We found him in the forest meadow and we have had splendid fun
+together," said the little hares.
+
+Then good Mrs. Hare gave Hanschen some hares' bread for his supper, and
+soon after she tucked him snugly in bed with her sons. Before putting
+him to bed she drew over him, a soft silky hare coat. It fitted him
+nicely from the two furry ears to the little stubby tail. The three
+little hares were delighted and said, "He's a hare now, isn't he,
+mammy?" "Well, dears, he does look just like one of you; but you must
+all lie still now and go to sleep for we must get up with the sun,
+to-morrow," said Mrs. Hare.
+
+In the meantime Hanschen's mother had finished cutting the grass, and
+she looked for Hanschen and called him until it grew quite dark. Then
+she went home, weeping bitterly, and told her husband that their child
+was lost. Out ran the father then to look for his boy; but he could
+not find him. All that night the poor parents wept and moaned, while
+Hanschen was sleeping peacefully with the little hares.
+
+The Hare family got up at daylight, and all of them put on their Sunday
+clothes, for Mr. Hare had said to his wife, "I want folks to see that
+their child has been with good company; so please put on your very best
+cap and brush all our children's coats until they shine. I'll wear a
+high collar and my tall silk hat, and you must tie my cravat in a nice
+bow."
+
+When all were dressed they ate a good breakfast, locked up their green
+gate and started for the meadow.
+
+They had scarcely reached the edge of the forest, when they heard
+Hanschen's mother calling, "Hanschen! Hanschen! darling!" "Here I am,
+mother;" cried he. "I hear him! I hear him! Oh husband! don't you?"
+said the mother. "I do hear his voice but I can see nothing except a
+little brown hare."
+
+Hanschen laughed in delight--sprang forward and pulled off his furry
+coat. How surprised his father and mother were! By this time the Hare
+family had come up and Mr. Hare took off his hat and bowing very low,
+he said, "Mr. Man, this is my good wife and these youngsters are my
+three sons. Their mother and I try to teach them to do right, and they
+really are pretty good children. Two of them were playing around here
+yesterday, and invited your son to play with them, not knowing what
+sorrow and trouble they caused you by leading him astray. They brought
+him home with them last night. My good wife gave him plenty to eat;
+he slept with my sons and you see the fine suit of hare-clothes he has
+just taken off. I hope you will let him keep it to remember us by. It
+is a present from all of us. We are only hares but we have done by your
+child just what we should like you to do by one of our children if you
+should find one of them astray. And now, my dear sir, we will bid you
+farewell and go back to our home."
+
+"Not yet! not yet!" cried Hanschen's father and mother. "Tell us, do
+you have sorrows or troubles? One good turn deserves another. We should
+be so glad to do something for you."
+
+"Sorrows and troubles are plentiful in our lives," said Mr. Hare. "If
+you can stop that terrible hunter from chasing us; and if you can
+manage to trap that wicked Mr. Fox, will make us very happy. And good
+Mrs. Man, if you will just throw a few cabbage leaves out on the snow
+for us in the winter, when every green thing is dead or buried; then we
+shall not have to go to bed hungry."
+
+Hanschen's father and mother gladly promised to do all they could for
+the good Hare family; then the two happy families went home.
+
+One day soon after Hanschen's visit to the hares, his father got up
+very early, for he had two pairs of shoes to finish that day. He had
+scarcely begun his work when a very loud knock was heard at the door.
+"Who can it be so early as this?" thought the shoemaker. He opened the
+door and there stood--Mr. Fox! "Good morning, shoemaker," said he; "I
+want you to make me a pair of shoes and do it right off, too, or I'll
+kill every one of your hens to-night. I'm hare hunting, to-day. I know
+where a whole family of hares live, down near the forest. I mean to bag
+them all before they leave their house this morning. They run so fast
+it is hard to catch them when they are out. But, see one of my shoes is
+torn, so I must have a new pair before I can walk so far."
+
+The shoemaker bowed and invited the fox to come in and sit down. Then
+he said, "Mr. Fox, a great hunter like you ought to wear high boots;
+not low shoes like common folks." That pleased Mr. Fox, so he said,
+"Well, make high boots; but make them of the finest, softest leather,
+and do not make them tight." The shoemaker took the hardest, heaviest,
+leather he could find and soon finished the boots. He put a piece of
+sticky wax into each boot. He said to himself, "Mr. Fox thinks he is
+very sly but we'll see whether he can catch our friends, the hares,
+when he puts on these boots."
+
+Mr. Fox proudly drew on his boots but he said: "They seem stiff and
+tight. I fear I cannot run very fast in them."
+
+"Just wait till you have worn them a little while--new boots generally
+feel stiff," said the shoemaker.
+
+"Well, I will hurry off now; but I'll soon come back and bring you the
+hares' skins to pay for the boots," said Mr. Fox.
+
+A little while after the fox had gone the shoemaker's wife jumped up in
+alarm from her chair. A hare had leaped in through the window behind
+her. It was one of their friends--the father of the Hare family. "Save
+me! the hunter is after me," he cried. "Here, quick! jump into bed,"
+said the shoemaker's wife. He did so, and she covered him up, then she
+dressed Hanschen in the suit that the hares had given him. She had
+scarcely done so when the hunter came in and said, "Give me the hare
+that I have been chasing. I saw him leap into your window. I must have
+him. There he is now, springing on your table."
+
+"There is my little Hanschen," said the shoemaker. "No wonder you think
+he is a hare, for he can run as fast and leap as well as any hare."
+"Yes," said Hanschen's mother, "and he often goes out to play in this
+hare-suit--see how nicely it fits him. But, Mr. Hunter, you must not
+shoot my Hanschen when you are out chasing hares."
+
+"Well," said the hunter, "if that isn't wonderful. But say, good
+people, how in the world am I to know whether I am chasing Hanschen
+or a hare?" "Oh, easily enough," said the shoemaker. "You have only
+to wait a minute and call out, 'Hanschen!' If the little creature
+sits up still and straight like a child, don't shoot, for that will be
+Hanschen." "I will remember and call out," said the hunter.
+
+"Well, then, to pay you for your kindness, I'll tell you that if you
+hurry toward the forest, now, you will be able to bag a fox that cannot
+be far away; for the rogue has on a pair of boots of my making, and he
+has hard work to move with them by this time, I'll be bound."
+
+"Thank you, Mr. Shoemaker," said the hunter; "I'll soon finish him and
+bring you his hide to prove it. Only last night he killed three of my
+hens." The hunter soon caught up with the fox, brought his hide to the
+shoemaker and went away.
+
+Then Hanschen's father told the hare to go home to his folks and tell
+them that the old fox would never trouble them again, and when they
+heard the hunter they were just to sit still and straight on their hind
+legs. Mr. Hare flew over the ground on his way home. His good news made
+him light-hearted and swift-footed. Oh, how happy the hares were! To
+this day hares often sit up like a child.
+
+Hanschen often spent a day with the hares, and learned to run so well,
+and spring forward so quickly, that all the people said when he grew
+up, "He is the best man to have for a postman for the villages around."
+So Hanschen became postman. He never forgot his friends, the hares,
+but always carried some cabbage leaves for them when snow and ice
+covered up or killed the green leaves. 'Tis said the hares used to
+watch for his coming, and sing this song when they caught sight of him:
+
+
+ "Our good friend, Hans,
+ Is a brave young man; hip, hurrah!
+ He springs as well
+ As the best hare can; hip, hurrah!
+ Beneath his coat
+ Is a good, warm heart; hip, hurrah!
+ We may be sure
+ He will take our part; hip, hurrah!
+ We need not starve
+ Though the world be white; hip, hurrah!
+ Our good friend, Hans
+ Will give us a bite; hip, hurrah!
+ This is his time
+ He is drawing near; hip, hurrah!
+ Off with hats; now
+ Cheer upon cheer; hip, hip, hurrah!"
+
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Young Hero, by Edward Ellis
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 59853 ***